2आज स्नेह के सागर अपने स्नेही बच्चों से मिलने आये हैं . āj snēh K|kē sāgar apnē snēhī bachchō̃ sē milnē āyē haĩ . āj snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēhī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . today love (K|of) ocean one’s own loving child from receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
2Today, the Father, the Ocean of Love, has come to meet His loving children.
3बच्चों ने याद किया मेरे बाबा आ जाओ तो बाप कहते हैं मेरे स्नेही बच्चे स्नेह में ऐसा आकर्षण है जो हर बच्चे ने बाप को अपना बनाया और बाप ने हर बच्चे को मेरे बच्चे कहते अपने में समाया . bachchō̃ nē yād kiyā mērē bābā ā jāō tō bāp kahtē haĩ mērē snēhī bachchē snēh mē̃ aisā ākarṣhaṇ hai jō har|her bachchē nē bāp kō apnā banāyā aur bāp nē har|her bachchē kō mērē bachchē kahtē apnē mē̃ samāyā . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] yād karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bābā ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] tō bāp kahtē haĩ[x] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] snēhī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ākarṣhaṇ[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . child ∅ remember I[.kē] Baba come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] then the Father says I[.kē] loving child love in such attraction be[pres.sg.23] that (x[root]|x) child ∅ father to (one’s own|adopt[root]) create[past-part.m.sg.d.] and father ∅ (x[root]|x) child to I[.kē] child say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] one’s own in merge[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
3The children remembered "My Baba, come!" and so the Father says: My loving children, love has such an attraction that every child has made the Father belong to them and the Father said "My child" to every child and merged each child in Him.
4कमाल है बच्चों ने कहा मेरे बाबा तो मेरे शब्द में इतना स्नेह भरा हुआ है जो बाप ने भी कहा मेरे बच्चे स्नेह क्या से क्या बना देता है . kamāl hai bachchō̃ nē kahā mērē bābā tō mērē śhabda mē̃ itnā snēh bharā huā hai jō bāp nē bhī kahā mērē bachchē snēh kyā sē kyā banā dētā hai . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bābā tō maĩ[pn.sg.kē] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bharānā[root]|bharnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā sē[postp.] kyā bannā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . x be[pres.sg.23] child ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] I[.kē] Baba then I[.kē] word in such love (x[root]|fill[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that father ∅ too say[past-part.m.sg.d.] I[.kē] child love what from what (become[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .
4It is a wonder! 5The children said "My Baba" and the word "my" is filled with so much love that the Father also said "My children!" 6Love is such that it completely changes you from what you were.
5हर बच्चे के मस्तक में आज स्नेह की लहरें लहरा रही हैं यह देख बापदादा हर्षित हो रहे हैं . har|her bachchē K|kē mastak mē̃ āj snēh key|kī laharē̃ laharā rahī haĩ yah dēkh bāpdādā harṣhit hō rahē haĩ . harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āj snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] lahar[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] laharānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[root] bāpdādā harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . (x[root]|x) child (K|of) forehead in today love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) wave hoist[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] this see[root] BapDada cheerful be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
7Waves of love are flowing from the forehead of every child and BapDada is pleased to see this.
6स्नेह ही दिल को अपना बनाने वाला साधन है . snēh hī dil kō apnā banānē vālā sādhan hai . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . love only heart to (one’s own|adopt[root]) create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who facilities be[pres.sg.23] .
8Love is the means with which to make someone's heart belong to you.
7तो हर एक बच्चे के अन्दर आज स्नेह की लहरें लहराती हुई देख-देख बापदादा भी खुश हो रहे हैं . tō har ēk bachchē K|kē andar āj snēh key|kī laharē̃ laharātī huī dēkh-dēkh bāpdādā bhī khuśh hō rahē haĩ . tō har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andar āj snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] lahar[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] laharānā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] dēkhnā[root] bāpdādā bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then each one child (K|of) inside today love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) wave hoist[pres-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] see[root] BapDada too happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
9Seeing the waves of love flowing from each child, BapDada was very pleased.
8अभी-अभी 5 मिनट के लिए एक ड्रिल बापदादा सबको करा रहे हैं . abhī-abhī 5 minute kē liē ēk drill bāpdādā sabkō karā rahē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] 5 minute kē liē[x] ēk[adj.] drill bāpdādā sabkō karānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . now 5 minute for one drill BapDada everything make commit[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
10BapDada is now going to conduct a five minute drill with all of you.
9अपने मन्सा शक्ति से सृष्टि में जो भी आपके भक्त वा अनेक दुःखी अशान्त आत्मायें आपको याद कर रही हैं हे हमारे पूर्वज हमें थोड़े समय के लिए भी शान्ति दे दो जरा सा सुख की अंचली दे दो बचाओ ऐसी आत्माओं को यहाँ बैठे हुए इमर्ज करो आवाज सुनने आ रहा है ! apnē mansā śhakti sē sr̥iṣhṭi mē̃ jō bhī āpkē bhakta vā anēk duḥkhī aśhānt ātmāyē̃ āpkō yād kar rahī haĩ hē hamārē pūrvaj hamē̃ thōṛē samay kē liē bhī śhānti dē dō jarā sā sukh key|kī añchalī dē dō bachāō aisī ātmāō̃ kō yahā̃ baiṭhē huē emerge karō āvāj sunnē ā rahā hai ! apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mansā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā anēk[adj.] duḥkhī[adj.]|duḥkhnā[past-part.f.] aśhānt[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] yād karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] hē ham[pn.pl.kē] pūrvaj[adj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] bhī[p.] śhānti dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] añchalī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] bachānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yahā̃ baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ! one’s own through the mind Shakti from world in that too you[.kē] devotee or many (unhappy|hurt[past-part.f.]) peaceless soul you[.kō] remember x we[.kē] ancestor we[.kō] short time for too peace give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] x x happiness (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) drop give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] save[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] such soul to here (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] noise listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] !
11Save all your devotees and unhappy and peaceless souls who are remembering you and calling out: "O our ancestors, give us peace for even a short time. 12Give us a drop of happiness". 13With the power of your mind, while sitting here, make those souls emerge. 14Can you hear them calling out, "Save us!
10बचाओ बचाओ तो ऐसी आत्माओं को अपने मन्सा शक्ति द्वारा सुख शान्ति की किरणें पहुंचाओ . bachāō bachāō tō aisī ātmāō̃ kō apnē mansā śhakti dvārā sukh śhānti key|kī kiraṇē̃ pahuñchāō . bachānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bachānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mansā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhānti key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pahuñchānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . save[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] save[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then such soul to one’s own through the mind Shakti through happiness peace (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ray cause to reach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
15Save us!"? 16Enable rays of happiness and peace to reach such souls with the power of your mind.
11यह मन्सा सेवा सारे दिन में बार-बार करते रहो क्योंकि बाप के साथ आप बच्चे भी विश्व सेवक हो . yah mansā sēvā sārē din mē̃ bār-bār kartē rahō kyōṅki bāp kē sāth āp bachchē bhī viśhva sēvak hō . yah[pn.sg.d.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bār[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] sevak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . this through the mind service the whole day in time do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] because father with you child too world Server (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
17Repeatedly continue to serve through your mind in this way because, together with the Father, you children are also world servers.
12सारा दिन वाणी द्वारा जैसे सेवा के निमित्त बनते हो ऐसे ही बीच-बीच में मन्सा सेवा का भी अभ्यास करते चलो . sārā din vāṇī dvārā jaisē sēvā kē nimitt bantē hō aisē hī bīch-bīch mē̃ mansā sēvā kā bhī abhyās kartē chalō . sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . the whole day words through like service x become[pres.pl.m.2] such only x through the mind service of too practice do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
18Just as you become instruments to serve through words throughout the day, in the same way, every now and then, continue to practice serving through the mind.
13इसमें आपका अपना भी फायदा है क्योंकि अगर आपका मन सदा सेवा में बिजी रहेगा तो आपके पास जो बीच-बीच में माया फालतू संकल्प वा व्यर्थ संकल्प करती है उससे बच जायेंगे . ismē̃ āpkā apnā bhī phāydā hai kyōṅki agar āpkā man sadā sēvā mē̃ busy rahēgā tō āpkē pās|pass jō bīch-bīch mē̃ māyā phāltū saṅkalp vā vyarth saṅkalp kartī hai ussē bach jāyēṅgē . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] āp[pn.pl.kā] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhī[p.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki agar āp[pn.pl.kā] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] busy rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass jō[pn.;d.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] māyā[n.f.;sg.] phāltū[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.sē] bachnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . this[.mē̃] you[.kā] (one’s own|adopt[root]) too profit be[pres.sg.23] because if you[.kā] mind constantly service in busy remain[fut.m.sg.23] then you[.kē] (x|pass) that x Maya useless thought or wasteful thought do[pres.sg.f.23] that[.sē] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
19There is also benefit for you in this because if your mind remains constantly busy in service, you will then be saved from the useless and wasteful thoughts that Maya creates in between.
14मेहनत नहीं करनी पड़ेगी . mēhnat nahī̃ karnī paṛēgī . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . effort not do[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] .
20You will not have to work hard.
15अभी बापदादा पूछते हैं कैसे हो ? abhī bāpdādā pūchhtē haĩ kaisē hō ? ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? now BapDada ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] how (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ? 16तो क्या जवाब देते हो ? tō kyā javāb dētē hō ? tō kyā javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then what x give[pres.pl.m.2] ?
21What response would you give if BapDada were to ask you now how you are?
17पुरूषार्थ है लेकिन कभी कभी … ! purūṣhārth hai lēkin kabhī kabhī … ! puruṣhārth hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] … ! effort be[pres.sg.23] but ever ever … !
22"That you are making effort, but that sometimes..."
18सदा का पुरूषार्थ नहीं चल रहा है . sadā kā purūṣhārth nahī̃ chal rahā hai . sadā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth nahī̃[neg] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . constantly of effort not continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
23So, you are not making effort all the time.
19तो बापदादा अभी सभी बच्चों का यह रिकार्ड देखने चाहते हैं यह कभी-कभी का शब्द समाप्त हो जाए . tō bāpdādā abhī sabhī bachchō̃ kā yah record dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ yah kabhī-kabhī kā śhabda samāpt hō jāē . tō bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] record dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . then BapDada now all child of this record see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this ever of word finished be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
24BapDada now wants to see the end of the word "sometimes" in the record of all the children.
20क्या यह हो सकता है कभी-कभी समाप्त हो जाये ? kyā yah hō saktā hai kabhī-kabhī samāpt hō jāyē ? kyā yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] kabhī[adv.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ? what this be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ever finished be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?
25Is it possible for the word "sometimes" to finish?
21समय पर तैयार हो जायेंगे ? samay par taiyār hō jāyēṅgē ? samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ? time (at|other) x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ?
26Will you be ready when the time comes?
22हो रहे हैं होना ही है … इसके बजाए अभी एवररेडी बन सकते हैं ? hō rahē haĩ hōnā hī hai … iskē bajāē abhī ever ready ban saktē haĩ ? hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] … yah[pn.sg.kē] bajāē|bajānā[opt.sg.23]|bajānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ab[adv.hī] ever ready bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ? be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] … this[.kē] (x|play[opt.sg.23]|play[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) now ever-ready become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?
27Instead of "It is happening or "It definitely has to happen", can you become ever-ready?
23क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
28Why?
24एवररेडी रहने का अभ्यास मायाजीत मनजीत जगतजीत यह संस्कार भी बहुत समय से बनायेंगे तब अन्त समय भी यह बहुतकाल का अभ्यास विजयी बनाकर आपको विशेष माला का मणका बनायेगी . ever ready rahnē kā abhyās māyājīt manjīt jagatjīt yah saṅskār bhī bahut samay sē banāyēṅgē tab ant samay bhī yah bahutkāl kā abhyās vijayī banākar āpkō viśhēṣh mālā kā maṇkā banāyēgī . ever ready rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] māyājīt[adj.] manjīt[adj.] jagat jīt[adj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] bhī[p.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tab ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] vijayī[adj.] banānā[abs.] āp[pn.pl.kō] viśhēṣh[adj.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] banānā[fut.f.sg.23] . ever-ready remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] of practice x conqueror of the mind conqueror of the world this sanskar too very time from create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] for only then end time too this a long period of time of practice victorious create[abs.] you[.kō] special garland of x create[fut.f.sg.23] .
29If you make the sanskar of being a conqueror of Maya, a conqueror of the mind and a conqueror of the world your practice over a long period of time, then in the final moments, this practice over a long period of time will also make you victorious and make you a bead of the special rosary.
25पास विद ऑनर बनेंगे . pass with honour banē̃gē . pass with honour[x] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . pass with honours become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
30You will then pass with honours.
26पास नहीं पास विद ऑनर . pās|pass nahī̃ pass with honour . pās|pass nahī̃[neg] pass with honour[x] . (x|pass) not pass with honours .
31Not just pass, pass with honours.
27तो बोलो यह हिम्मत है ना ! tō bōlō yah himmat hai nā ! tō bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! then speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this courage be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
32So speak! 33Do you have this courage?
28पास विद ऑनर तो होना है ना ? pass with honour tō hōnā hai nā ? pass with honour[x] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ? pass with honours then be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ ?
34You want to pass with honours, do you not?
29जो द्वापर से लेके अब तक पूज्य बनते हैं अर्थात् माला के मणके बनते हैं तो अपने को माला के मणके बनाने का शुद्ध संकल्प है ना ! jō dvāpar sē lēkē ab tak pūjya bantē haĩ arthāt mālā K|kē maṇakē bantē haĩ tō apnē kō mālā K|kē maṇakē banānē kā śhuddha saṅkalp hai nā ! jō[pn.;d.] dvāpar sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] ab[adv.] tak pūjya[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] arthāt mālā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhuddh[x] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! that copper age from take[abs.] now until worthy of worship become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that is garland (K|of) x become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then one’s own to garland (K|of) x create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of pure thought be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
35They are the ones who become worshippers from the copper age till now, that is, they become beads of the rosary. 36You have the pure thought to make yourself a bead of the rosary, do you not?
30बापदादा भी रोज अमृतवेले अपने माला के मणकों को देखते और विशेष मिलन मनाते हैं . bāpdādā bhī rōj amr̥itvēlē apnē mālā K|kē maṇakō̃ kō dēkhtē aur viśhēṣh milan manātē haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] rōz amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur viśhēṣh[adj.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada too day amrit vela one’s own garland (K|of) x to see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and special meeting celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
37Every day at amrit vela, BapDada looks at the beads of His rosary and has a special celebration with them.
31तो आप सभी अपने को माला के मणकों में समझते हो . tō āp sabhī apnē kō mālā K|kē maṇakō̃ mē̃ samajhtē hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] . then you all one’s own to garland (K|of) x in understand[pres.pl.m.2] .
38Do all of you consider yourselves to be beads of a rosary?
32है तो दूसरी माला भी 16 हजार की लेकिन फिर भी सेकण्ड माला हो गई . hai tō dūsrī mālā bhī 16 hajār key|kī lēkin phir bhī second mālā hō gaī . hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] 16 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] lēkin phir bhī[x] second mālā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . be[pres.sg.23] then other garland too 16 1000 (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) but nevertheless second garland be[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
39There is also another rosary of 16,000, but that is the second rosary.
33विशेष माला जो गायन और पूज्यनीय योग्य बनती है वह पहली माला है . viśhēṣh mālā jō gāyan aur pūjyanīy yōgya bantī hai vah pahlī mālā hai . viśhēṣh[adj.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur pūjya[adj.] yōgya[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . special garland that x and worthy of worship worthy become[pres.sg.f.23] that x garland be[pres.sg.23] .
40The special rosary that is worthy of praise and worship is the first rosary.
34तो आज बापदादा उन मणकों को देख रहे थे क्योंकि ब्रह्मा बाप के साथ विशेष राज्य अधिकारी साथी वही बनते हैं . tō āj bāpdādā un maṇakō̃ kō dēkh rahē thē kyōṅki brahmā bāp kē sāth viśhēṣh rājya adhikārī sāthī vahī bantē haĩ . tō āj bāpdādā vah[pn.pl.o.] maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] kyōṅki brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] rājya adhikārī[x] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] vahī bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then today BapDada that x to see[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] because Brahma father with special master companion this become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
41Today, BapDada was seeing those beads, because, together with Brahma Baba, it is they who specially claim a right to the kingdom.
35तो आज ब्रह्मा बाप अपने अब के तीव्र पुरूषार्थी और भविष्य के राज्य अधिकारी तख्त पर तो दो ही बैठते हैं लेकिन राज्य के साथी उन्हों की पहली माला है . tō āj brahmā bāp apnē ab K|kē tīvr purūṣhārthī aur bhaviṣhya K|kē rājya adhikārī takht par tō dō hī baiṭhtē haĩ lēkin rājya K|kē sāthī unhō̃ key|kī pahlī mālā hai . tō āj brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya adhikārī[x] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] tō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] hī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then today Brahma father one’s own now (K|of) intense effort-maker and future (K|of) master throne (at|other) then (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) only sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but kingdom (K|of) companion that (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x garland be[pres.sg.23] .
42Today, Father Brahma was seeing his intense effort-making children of the present time and, of course, only two would sit on the future throne of the kingdom, but the first rosary is of those who are companions in the kingdom.
36तो अपने को चेक किया है . tō apnē kō check kiyā hai . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then one’s own to check do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
43Have you checked yourselves?
37बापदादा के साथ तो चलेंगे क्योंकि अभी आप सबकी रिटर्न जरनी है . bāpdādā kē sāth tō chalē̃gē kyōṅki abhī āp sabkī return journey hai . bāpdādā kē sāth[x] tō chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] return journey[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada with then continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because now you everyone's return journey be[pres.sg.23] .
44You will return home with BapDada because it is now the return journey for all of you.
38जब जाना ही है बाप के साथ जाना है अकेला नहीं जाना है . jab jānā hī hai bāp kē sāth jānā hai akēlā nahī̃ jānā hai . jab jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . when (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.]) only be[pres.sg.23] father with (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) alone not (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) .
45Since you have to return anyway, you will return with the Father, not alone.
39तो साथ जाने वाले नजदीक के मणके कौन होंगे ? tō sāth jānē vālē najdīk K|kē maṇakē kaun hōṅgē ? tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[opt.sg.23]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nazdīk K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then with (know[opt.sg.23]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who x (K|of) x who be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
46So, who will be the beads that are close and return home with the Father?
40जो बहुतकाल के तीव्र पुरूषार्थी होंगे . jō bahutkāl K|kē tīvr purūṣhārthī hōṅgē . jō[pn.;d.] bahutkāl K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that a long period of time (K|of) intense effort-maker be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
47Those who are intense effort-makers over a long period of time.
41पुरूषार्थी नहीं कब-कब वाले नहीं . purūṣhārthī nahī̃ kab-kab vālē nahī̃ . purūṣhārthī[x] nahī̃[neg] kab vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . effort-maker not when those who not .
48Not just effort-makers, those who only do something sometimes.
42बहुतकाल के बाप समान ही राज्य अधिकारी बनेंगे . bahutkāl K|kē bāp samān hī rājya adhikārī banē̃gē . bahutkāl K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp samān[x] hī[p.] rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . a long period of time (K|of) equal to the Father only master become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
49Only those who have been equal to the Father over a long period of time will claim a right to the kingdom.
43तो क्या समझते हो ? tō kyā samajhtē hō ? tō kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then what understand[pres.pl.m.2] ?
50So, what do you think?
44तीव्र पुरूषार्थ है ? tīvr purūṣhārth hai ? tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? intense effort be[pres.sg.23] ?
51Are you making intense effort?
45जो समझते हैं मैं पुरूषार्थी की लाइन में हूँ वह हाथ उठायेंगे . jō samajhtē haĩ maĩ purūṣhārthī key|kī line mē̃ hū̃ vah hāth uṭhāyēṅgē . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] purūṣhārthī[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] line mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] I effort-maker (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line in be[pres.sg.1] that raise your hands .
52Those who feel that they are in the line of effort-makers should raise their hands.
46तीव्र पुरूषार्थी बड़ा हाथ उठाओ छोटा हाथ उठाते हैं . tīvr purūṣhārthī baṛā hāth uṭhāō chhōṭā hāth uṭhātē haĩ . tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . intense effort-maker very raise your hands small raise your hands .
53Those who are intense effort-makers, raise your hands high! 54You are raising your hands very low.
47अच्छा बहुत उठा रहे हैं . achchhā bahut uṭhā rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha very uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
55Achcha, many of you are raising your hands.
48फिर लम्बा हाथ उठाओ ऐसे नहीं . phir lambā hāth uṭhāō aisē nahī̃ . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aisē nahī̃[x] . (then|turn[root]) x raise your hands it isn't that .
56Raise your hands high once again! 57Not just like that.
49अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
58Achcha.
50बापदादा तो रोज बच्चों का चार्ट देखते हैं . bāpdādā tō rōj bachchō̃ kā chart dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā tō rōz bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada then day child of chart see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
59BapDada sees the children's chart every day.
51मैजारिटी तीव्र पुरूषार्थी भी हैं लेकिन कभी-कभी का शब्द भी साथ में लगा देते हैं . majority tīvr purūṣhārthī bhī haĩ lēkin kabhī-kabhī kā śhabda bhī sāth mē̃ lagā dētē haĩ . majority tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin kabhī[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . majority intense effort-maker too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but ever of word too with in attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
60The majority are intense effort-makers but they also add the word "sometimes" to it.
52लेकिन बाप क्यों कह रहे हैं ? lēkin bāp kyō̃ kah rahē haĩ ? lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃ kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? but father why say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
61However, what is the Father saying?
53अटेन्शन प्लीज सूक्ष्म संकल्प में भी हलचल नहीं हो . attention please sūkṣhma saṅkalp mē̃ bhī halchal nahī̃ hō . attention please[x] sūkṣhma[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] halchal[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x subtle thought in too upheaval not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
62Attention please! 63There should not be any upheaval even in your subtle thoughts.
54अचल अडोल शुद्ध संकल्पधारी बहुत समय से बनना ही है . achal aḍōl śhuddha saṅkalpdhārī bahut samay sē bannā hī hai . achal aḍōl[adj.] śhuddh[x] saṅkalpdhārī[adj.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . unshakeable unshakeable pure x very time from become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
64You definitely have to be unshakeable, immovable and one with pure thoughts over a long period of time.
55कई बच्चे बहुत मीठी-मीठी रूहरिहान करते हैं कहते हैं बाबा हम तैयार हो ही जायेंगे . kaī bachchē bahut mīṭhī-mīṭhī rūhrihān kartē haĩ kahtē haĩ bābā ham taiyār hō hī jāyēṅgē . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bahut mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rūhrihān[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bābā ham[pn.pl.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . some child very sweet spiritual conversation do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Baba we x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 56क्योंकि समय जितना नजदीक आयेगा हालतें हलचल में आयेंगी तो वैराग्य तो आटोमेटिकली आ जायेगा . kyōṅki samay jitnā najdīk āyēgā hālatē̃ halchal mē̃ āyēṅgī tō vairāgya tō automatically ā jāyēgā . kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nazdīk ānā[fut.m.sg.23] hālat[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] tō vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō automatically ānā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . because time the more x come[fut.m.sg.23] situation upheaval in come[fut.f.pl.12hon3] then disinterest then x come[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
65Some children have a very sweet heart-to-heart conversation. 66They say: Baba, we will definitely become ready because as the time comes closer there will be more situations of upheaval and so there will automatically be disinterest.
57लेकिन आपका टीचर कौन हुआ ? lēkin āpkā teacher kaun huā ? lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] teacher kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? but you[.kā] teacher who be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
67However, then who is your teacher?
58समय या बाप ? samay yā bāp ? samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? time or father ?
68Time or the Father?
59समय तो आपकी रचना है . samay tō āpkī rachnā hai . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kī] rachnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . time then you[.kī] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
69Time is your creation.
60तो बाप अभी इशारा दे रहा है कि बहुत समय का तीव्र पुरूषार्थ अन्त में पास विद ऑनर बनायेगा . tō bāp abhī iśhārā dē rahā hai ki bahut samay kā tīvr purūṣhārth ant mē̃ pass with honour banāyēgā . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ki[conj.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pass with honour[x] banānā[fut.m.sg.23] . then father now signal give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] that very time of intense effort end in pass with honours create[fut.m.sg.23] .
70The Father is now signalling to you that intense effort over a long period of time will make you pass with honours at the end.
61पास तो सभी होंगे लेकिन पास विद ऑनर बनने वाला बहुत समय का लगातार तीव्र पुरूषार्थ करने वाला आवश्यक है . pās|pass tō sabhī hōṅgē lēkin pass with honour bannē vālā bahut samay kā lagātār tīvr purūṣhārth karnē vālā āvaśhyak hai . pās|pass tō sab[adv.hī] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin pass with honour[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagātār tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x|pass) then all be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but pass with honours become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who very time of x intense effort do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x be[pres.sg.23] .
71Everyone will pass, but, in order to pass with honours it is essential to make continuous intense effort over a long period of time.
62इसलिए आज की तारीख नोट कर दो अगर अब भी कभी-कभी समाथिंग हो जायेंगे कर ही लेंगे यह शब्द आगे भी चलते रहे … बाप का प्यार तो सदा ही है . isliē āj key|kī tārīkh note kar dō agar ab bhī kabhī-kabhī something hō jāyēṅgē kar hī lē̃gē yah śhabda āgē bhī chaltē rahē … bāp kā pyār tō sadā hī hai . isliē āj key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] note karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] agar ab[adv.] bhī[p.] kabhī[adv.] something hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] karnā[root] hī[p.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] āgē bhī[p.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] … bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sadā hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore today (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x note do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] if now too ever something be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] do[root] only take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] this word previously too continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) … father of love then constantly only be[pres.sg.23] .
72Therefore, note down today's date. 73If, even now, it is "sometimes", if you think that something will happen, if you continue to use these words in the future..... 74The Father's love is always there.
63लास्ट दाने पर भी बाप का प्यार है . last dānē par bhī bāp kā pyār hai . last dānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . last bead (at|other) too father of love be[pres.sg.23] .
75He has love even for the last bead.
64क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
76Why?
65दिल से मेरा बाबा तो कहा आज की बड़ी-बड़ी आत्मायें मेरा बाबा नहीं कहती लेकिन वह मेरा बाबा तो मानता है इसलिए बाप का प्यार तो उससे भी है . dil sē mērā bābā tō kahā āj key|kī baṛī-baṛī ātmāyē̃ mērā bābā nahī̃ kahtī lēkin vah mērā bābā tō māntā hai isliē bāp kā pyār tō ussē bhī hai . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā tō kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] āj key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-part.f.] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā tō mānnā[pres.sg.m.23] isliē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō vah[pn.sg.sē] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . heart from I[.kā] Baba then say[past-part.m.sg.d.] today (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) very soul I[.kā] Baba not say[pres-part.f.] but that I[.kā] Baba then x[pres.sg.m.23] therefore father of love then that[.sē] too be[pres.sg.23] .
77They have said "My Baba" from their heart. 78Even great souls of today do not say "My Baba" but they at least believe "My Baba", and so the Father loves them too.
66बच्चों से प्यार तो बाप का सदा ही है लास्ट तक भी है लास्ट वाले तक भी है . bachchō̃ sē pyār tō bāp kā sadā hī hai last tak bhī hai last vālē tak bhī hai . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sadā hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] last tak bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] last vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tak bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . child from love then father of constantly only be[pres.sg.23] last until too be[pres.sg.23] last those who until too be[pres.sg.23] .
79The Father constantly has love for the children; till the last moment and even for the last one.
67स्नेह ने ही आपको बाप का बनाया है . snēh nē hī āpkō bāp kā banāyā hai . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . love ∅ only you[.kō] father of create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
80It is love that has made you belong to the Father.
68बापदादा ने यह भी कहा है कि स्नेह मैजारिटी बच्चों का है और रहेगा लेकिन सिर्फ स्नेह नहीं शक्ति भी चाहिए . bāpdādā nē yah bhī kahā hai ki snēh majority bachchō̃ kā hai aur rahēgā lēkin sirph snēh nahī̃ śhakti bhī chāhiē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] majority bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin sirph[adj.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . BapDada ∅ this too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that love majority child of be[pres.sg.23] and remain[fut.m.sg.23] but only love not Shakti too (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
81BapDada has also said that the majority of you have love for BapDada and it will remain, but you don't need just love, you also need power.
69तीव्र पुरूषार्थ भी चाहिए . tīvr purūṣhārth bhī chāhiē . tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth bhī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . intense effort too (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
82You also need to make intense effort.
70इसलिए अब तो शिवरात्रि भी आई कि आई बाप के अवतरण के साथ बच्चों का भी अवतरण है ही . isliē ab tō śhivrātri bhī āī|eye|I ki āī|eye|I bāp K|kē avataraṇ kē sāth bachchō̃ kā bhī avataraṇ hai hī . isliē ab[adv.] tō śhivrātri[x] bhī[p.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I ki[conj.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] avataraṇ[x] kē sāth[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] avataraṇ[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . therefore now then Shiva Ratri too (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) that (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) father (K|of) incarnation with child of too incarnation be[pres.sg.23] only .
83Therefore, now, even Shiv Ratri is about to come. 84Together with the incarnation of the Father, it is also the incarnation of the children.
71तो बापदादा चाहते हैं कि इस शिवरात्रि पर हर बच्चा अपने को साधारण पुरूषार्थ के बजाए तीव्र पुरूषार्थी बनाने का बनने का संकल्प करे . tō bāpdādā chāhtē haĩ ki is śhivrātri par har|her bachchā apnē kō sādhāraṇ purūṣhārth kē bajāē tīvr purūṣhārthī banānē kā bannē kā saṅkalp karē . tō bāpdādā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] śhivrātri[x] par[postp.]|par[adj.] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] puruṣhārth kē bajāē[x] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] . then BapDada x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this Shiva Ratri (at|other) (x[root]|x) child one’s own to ordinary effort instead of intense effort-maker create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of thought do[opt.sg.23] .
85On this Shiv Ratri BapDada wants every child to have the determined thought to become an intense effort-maker instead of an ordinary effort-maker.
72हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
86Is this possible?
73शिवरात्रि पर दृढ़ संकल्प अपने आपसे करे . śhivrātri par dr̥iṛh saṅkalp apnē āpsē karē . śhivrātri[x] par[postp.]|par[adj.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.sē] karnā[opt.sg.23] . Shiva Ratri (at|other) determined thought one’s own you[.sē] do[opt.sg.23] .
87Have this determined thought by yourself on Shiv Ratri.
74लिखे नहीं क्लास में बताने की भी जरूरत नहीं लेकिन बाप से दिल में संकल्प करे कि शिवरात्रि पर हम कभी-कभी शब्द अपने पुरूषार्थ के डिकस्नरी से निकाल देंगे . likhē nahī̃ class mē̃ batānē key|kī bhī jarūrat nahī̃ lēkin bāp sē dil mē̃ saṅkalp karē ki śhivrātri par ham kabhī-kabhī śhabda apnē purūṣhārth K|kē dictionary sē nikāl dēgē . likhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|likhnā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] class mē̃[postp.] batānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] śhivrātri[x] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ham[pn.pl.] kabhī[adv.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dictionary sē[postp.] nikālnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . (write[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|write[opt.sg.23]) not class in tell[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too need not but father from heart in thought do[opt.sg.23] that Shiva Ratri (at|other) we ever word one’s own effort (K|of) x from x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
88You don't have to write it; you don't even need to show it to anyone in the class but have this determined thought in your heart with the Father: by Shiv Ratri we will remove the word "sometimes" from our dictionary of effort.
75हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
89Is this possible?
76जो समझते हैं क्या बड़ी बात है . jō samajhtē haĩ kyā baṛī bāt hai . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyā baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] what very matter be[pres.sg.23] . 77सोचा और हुआ हिम्मत रखते हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . sōchā aur huā himmat rakhtē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . think[past-part.m.sg.d.] and be[past-part.m.sg.d.] courage keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
90Those who feel that this is not a big deal, that you thought about it and it happened and have that courage, raise your hands!
78अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
91Achcha.
79खुश कर दिया . khuśh kar diyā . khuśh[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . happy do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] .
92You pleased Baba.
80बापदादा का तो बच्चों में फेथ है ना . bāpdādā kā tō bachchō̃ mē̃ faith hai nā . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] faith hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . BapDada of then child in faith be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 81तो अभी से ही पदम पदमगुणा ऐसे बच्चों को मुबारक दे रहे हैं . tō abhī sē hī padam padamguṇā aisē bachchō̃ kō mubārak dē rahē haĩ . tō ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] hī[p.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then now from only multimillion multimillion-fold such child to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
93BapDada has faith in the children and this is why He is giving multimillionfold congratulations to the children from now.
82वाह बच्चे वाह ! vāh bachchē vāh ! vāh bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! wah! child wah! !
94Wah children! wah!
83हिम्मत वाले हैं . himmat vālē haĩ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . courage those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
95You are courageous.
84आपकी हिम्मत और बाप की मदद तो होगी ही . āpkī himmat aur bāp key|kī madad tō hōgī hī . āp[pn.pl.kī] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] madad[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] hī[p.] . you[.kī] courage and father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x then be[fut.f.sg.23] only .
96With your courage, you will definitely receive the Father's help.
85अभी एक बात करना . abhī ēk bāt karnā . ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now one matter do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
97Now, do one thing.
86जो अपने मन को बिजी रखने के लिए जैसे पहले बाप ने कहा सेकण्ड में स्टाप बिन्दू हूँ बिन्दू लगाना है और सबको बिन्दू रूप में देखना है . jō apnē man kō busy rakhnē kē liē jaisē pahlē bāp nē kahā second mē̃ stop bindū hū̃ bindū lagānā hai aur sabkō bindū rūp mē̃ dēkhnā hai . jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] busy rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] second mē̃[postp.] stop bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur sabkō bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . that one’s own mind to busy keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] for like (x|firstly) father ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] second in stop point be[pres.sg.1] point attach[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and everything point Rup in see[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
98In order to keep your mind busy, just as the Father had earlier told you to put a stop in a second, you are a dot and you have to put a stop and see everyone as a dot.
87जब देखेंगे ही बिन्दू तो और कोई भी संकल्प नहीं चलेगा . jab dēkhē̃gē hī bindū tō aur kōī bhī saṅkalp nahī̃ chalēgā . jab dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō aur kōī[x] bhī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] . when see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] only point then someone else too thought not continue[fut.m.sg.23] .
99When you see everyone as a dot you will not have any other thoughts.
88मन्सा सेवा का अटेन्शन रखना इतनी दुःखी आत्माओं को चिल्ला रही हैं उन्हों को किरणें देने की सेवा में भी एकस्ट्रा मन को लगाना . mansā sēvā kā attention rakhnā itnī duḥkhī ātmāō̃ kō chillā rahī haĩ unhō̃ kō kiraṇē̃ dēnē key|kī sēvā mē̃ bhī extra man kō lagānā . mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duḥkhī[adj.]|duḥkhnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chillānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] extra man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . through the mind service of attention keep[inf.m.sg.d.] such (unhappy|hurt[past-part.f.]) soul to cry[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] that to ray give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service in too extra mind to attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .
100Pay attention to serving through your mind! 101So many unhappy souls are crying out and so you have to focus your mind on extra service of giving them rays.
89मन्सा सेवा बहुत श्रेष्ठ सेवा है . mansā sēvā bahut śhrēṣhṭh sēvā hai . mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . through the mind service very elevated service be[pres.sg.23] .
102Service through the mind is very elevated service.
90दुःखियों का भी फायदा और आपका अपना भी फायदा . duḥkhiyō̃ kā bhī phāydā aur āpkā apnā bhī phāydā . duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur āp[pn.pl.kā] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhī[p.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . unhappy of too profit and you[.kā] (one’s own|adopt[root]) too profit .
103It is beneficial for those who are unhappy and also beneficial for you.
91डबल फायदा है . double phāydā hai . double fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . double profit be[pres.sg.23] .
104There is double benefit.
92जैसे वाचा से सेवा करते हो और सेवा बढ़ती भी जाती है दिल से करते हो संख्या भी बढ़ती जाती है सेन्टर भी बढ़ते जाते हैं वाचा की सेवा मैजारिटी की ठीक है . jaisē vāchā sē sēvā kartē hō aur sēvā baṛhtī bhī jātī hai dil sē kartē hō saṅkhyā bhī baṛhtī jātī hai centre bhī baṛhtē jātē haĩ vāchā key|kī sēvā majority key|kī ṭhīk hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāchā sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[pres-part.f.] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] centre bhī[p.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] vāchā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] majority key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like x from service do[pres.pl.m.2] and service grow[pres-part.f.] too go[pres.sg.f.23] heart from do[pres.pl.m.2] x too grow[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] centre too grow[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service majority (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) OK be[pres.sg.23] . 93सभी की नहीं मैजारिटी की . sabhī key|kī nahī̃ majority key|kī . sab[adv.hī] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] majority key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . all (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) not majority (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) .
105You serve through words and that service is increasing; you are doing that from your heart. 106The numbers are increasing, the number of centres is increasing. 107The majority of you are good in serving through words; not everyone, but the majority of you.
94ऐसे अभी मन से विशेष आत्माओं को अंचली देने की सेवा भी करते रहो . aisē abhī man sē viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ kō añchalī dēnē key|kī sēvā bhī kartē rahō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] añchalī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . such now mind from special soul to drop give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
108In the same way, now continue to do the service of giving a drop to special souls.
95मन को फ्री नहीं छोड़ो . man kō free nahī̃ chhōṛō . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] free nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . mind to free not renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
109Do not keep your mind free.
96कोई न कोई सेवा में मन से शक्तियां देने की मुख से वाणी की सेवा कर्म में गुणों से सेवा सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क में खुशी देने की सेवा इस भिन्न-भिन्न सेवाओं में मन को बिजी रखो क्योंकि सारे विश्व में रिचेस्ट आत्मायें कौन सी हैं ? kōī na kōī sēvā mē̃ man sē śhaktiyā̃ dēnē key|kī mukh sē vāṇī key|kī sēvā karma mē̃ guṇō̃ sē sēvā sambandh samparka mē̃ khuśhī dēnē key|kī sēvā is bhinn-bhinn sēvāō̃ mē̃ man kō busy rakhō kyōṅki sārē viśhva mē̃ richest ātmāyē̃ kaun C|see|sī haĩ ? kōī na kōī[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bhinn[adj.] sēvā[x] mē̃[postp.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] busy rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rich ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? one .. or another service in mind from Shakti give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) mouth from words (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service deed in virtue from service relationship x in happiness give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service this different service in mind to busy keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because the whole world in rich soul who (x|see) be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
110Keep your mind busy in one service or another: in giving powers through your mind, in serving through words, serving with virtues in your actions, in the service of giving happiness to your relatives and contacts. 111Keep your mind busy in all these different types of service, because who are the richest souls in the world?
97आप ही हो ना ! āp hī hō nā ! āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! you only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
112It is you, is it not?
98कितने खज़ाने मिले हैं ? kitnē khazānē milē haĩ ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? so treasure receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
113How many treasures have you received?
99तो हर खज़ाने से सेवा करो . tō har|her khazānē sē sēvā karō . tō harnā[root]|har|her khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then (x[root]|x) treasure from service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
114So, serve with every treasure.
100खज़ाने को जितना सेवा में लगायेंगे उतने खज़ाने बढ़ते जायेंगे इसलिए अभी जैसे स्व की सेवा का अटेन्शन देते हो ऐसे अपने दुःखी आत्मायें अपने भक्तों की मन्सा द्वारा किरणें देने की सेवा भी अटेन्शन देके सारे दिन में करो बहुत चिल्लाते हैं आपको सुनने नहीं आता . khazānē kō jitnā sēvā mē̃ lagāyēṅgē utnē khazānē baṛhtē jāyēṅgē isliē abhī jaisē sva key|kī sēvā kā attention dētē hō aisē apnē duḥkhī ātmāyē̃ apnē bhaktō̃ key|kī mansā dvārā kiraṇē̃ dēnē key|kī sēvā bhī attention dēkē sārē din mē̃ karō bahut chillātē haĩ āpkō sunnē nahī̃ ātā . khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] isliē ab[adv.hī] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sva key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] duḥkhī[adj.]|duḥkhnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mansā dvārā kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] attention dēnā[abs.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bahut chillānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.kō] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . treasure to the more service in attach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x treasure grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] therefore now like x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service of attention give[pres.pl.m.2] such one’s own (unhappy|hurt[past-part.f.]) soul one’s own devotee (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) through the mind through ray give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service too attention give[abs.] the whole day in do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] very cry[pres.pl.m.12hon3] you[.kō] listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
115The more you use these treasures for service, the more they will increase and this is why just as you pay attention to serving the self, in the same way, pay attention throughout the day to serving by giving rays through your mind to unhappy souls and your devotees. 116They are crying out a lot; you are not able to hear them.
101मैजारिटी हर घर में कोई न कोई दुःख का कारण है . majority har|her ghar mē̃ kōī na kōī duḥkh kā kāraṇ hai . majority harnā[root]|har|her ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . majority (x[root]|x) home in one .. or another (hurt[root]|sorrow) of because be[pres.sg.23] .
117In the majority, there is one reason or another for sorrow in every home.
102ऐसे दुःखियों को सुख देने वाला कौन ? aisē duḥkhiyō̃ kō sukh dēnē vālā kaun ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? such unhappy to happiness give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who ?
118Who will give such unhappy ones happiness?
103बोलो कौन है ? bōlō kaun hai ? bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] who be[pres.sg.23] ?
119Speak! 120Who will give it?
104आप ही तो हो . āp hī tō hō . āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you only then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
121It is you, is it not?
105तो इस मन्सा सेवा को सारे दिन में चेक करो कितना समय जैसे स्व के प्रति देते हो वैसे मन्सा सेवा के प्रति कितना समय दिया ? tō is mansā sēvā kō sārē din mē̃ check karō kitnā samay jaisē sva kē prati dētē hō vaisē mansā sēvā kē prati kitnā samay diyā ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sva kē prati[x] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē prati[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then this through the mind service to the whole day in check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so time like x for give[pres.pl.m.2] x through the mind service for so time give[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
122So, throughout the day, check your service through the mind. 123How much time are you giving to it? 124Just as you give time to yourself, in the same way, how much time do you give to serving through your mind?
106रहमदिल हो ना . merciful hō nā . merciful hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . merciful (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
125You are merciful, are you not?
107तो दुःखियों पर रहम करो . tō duḥkhiyō̃ par rahm karō . tō duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then unhappy (at|other) mercy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
126So have mercy for those who are unhappy.
108आपका गीत भी है ना ओ माँ बाप दुःखियों पर रहम करो . āpkā gīt bhī hai nā ō mā̃ bāp duḥkhiyō̃ par rahm karō . āp[pn.pl.kā] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā O mā̃[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . you[.kā] x too be[pres.sg.23] ∅ x mother father unhappy (at|other) mercy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
127You have a song, do you not? 128"O mother and father, have mercy for those who are unhappy!"
109बापदादा को बहुत आवाज सुनने पड़ते हैं . bāpdādā kō bahut āvāj sunnē paṛtē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2] . BapDada to very noise listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2] .
129BapDada has to hear a lot of this.
110आप लोगों को कम सुनाई देते हैं लेकिन अभी सुनो . āp lōgō̃ kō cum|kam sunāī dētē haĩ lēkin abhī sunō . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] sunānā[past-part.f.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . you people to (x|less) speak[past-part.f.] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but now listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
130You can't hear it as much, but now, listen to it.
111कहाँ जायेंगे वह . kahā̃ jāyēṅgē vah . kahā̃ jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] . where go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that .
131Where would those people go?
112आपके ही तो भाई बहिन हैं . āpkē hī tō bhāī bahin haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kē] hī[p.] tō bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . you[.kē] only then (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
132They are your brothers and sisters.
113तो अपना भी फायदा करो मन को बिजी रखो और दुःखियों का दुःख हरण करो . tō apnā bhī phāydā karō man kō busy rakhō aur duḥkhiyō̃ kā duḥkh haraṇ karō . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhī[p.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] busy rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] haraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then (one’s own|adopt[root]) too profit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mind to busy keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and unhappy of (hurt[root]|sorrow) removal do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
133So, benefit yourself and keep your mind busy and also remove the sorrow of unhappy ones.
114चिल्लाते हैं दिल चिल्लाती है . chillātē haĩ dil chillātī hai . chillānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] chillānā[pres.sg.f.23] . cry[pres.pl.m.12hon3] heart cry[pres.sg.f.23] .
134They are crying out, their hearts are crying out.
115बापदादा तो सुनते हैं तो बच्चों को याद करते हैं ओ मेरे लाडले बच्चे सिकीलधे बच्चे अब रहमदिल धारण करो . bāpdādā tō suntē haĩ tō bachchō̃ kō yād kartē haĩ ō mērē lāḍlē bachchē sikīladhē bachchē ab merciful dhāraṇ karō . bāpdādā tō sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] O maĩ[pn.sg.kē] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sikīladhē[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ab[adv.] merciful dhāraṇ karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada then listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then child to remember x I[.kē] x child beloved, long-lost and now-found child now merciful adopt[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
135BapDada hears this and remembers you children. 136O My beloved children, my long-lost and now-found children, now have a merciful heart.
116अपने ब्राह्मणों में भी एक दो के सहयोगी बनो . apnē brāhmaṇō̃ mē̃ bhī ēk dō K|kē sahyōgī banō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own Brahmin in too one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (K|of) co-operative become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
137Be co-operative with Brahmins too.
117चाहे कैसा भी संस्कार है लेकिन आपका काम क्या है ? chāhē kaisā bhī saṅskār hai lēkin āpkā kām kyā hai ? chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) how too sanskar be[pres.sg.23] but you[.kā] (task|lust) what be[pres.sg.23] ?
138No matter what type of sanskars someone has, what is your duty?
118संस्कार से टक्कर खाना या उनको भी संस्कार के टक्कर से छुड़ाना . saṅskār sē ṭakkar khānā yā unkō bhī saṅskār K|kē ṭakkar sē chhuṛānā . saṅskār[x] sē[postp.] ṭakkar khānā[x] yā vah[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] saṅskār[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ṭakkar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] chhuṛānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . sanskar from x[x] or that[.kō] too sanskar (K|of) conflict from free[inf.m.sg.d.] .
139To have conflict with that sanskar or to free that soul from the conflict of sanskars?
119आपका भी टाइटल है ना दुःख हर्ता सुख कर्ता . āpkā bhī title hai nā duḥkh hartā sukh kartā . āp[pn.pl.kā] bhī[p.] title hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā duḥkh hartā sukh kartā[x] . you[.kā] too title be[pres.sg.23] ∅ x .
140The title "Remover of Sorrow and Bestower of Happiness" is your title too, is it not?
120बाप के साथी हो ना . bāp K|kē sāthī hō nā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . father (K|of) companion (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
141You are the Father's companions, are you not?
121बाप के साथी क्या संकल्प किया है ? bāp K|kē sāthī kyā saṅkalp kiyā hai ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? father (K|of) companion what thought do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
142Father's companions, what thought have you had?
122इस विश्व को दुःख अशान्ति से बदल सुख शान्ति स्थापन करनी ही है . is viśhva kō duḥkh aśhānti sē badal sukh śhānti sthāpan karnī hī hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] badal[n.m.;sg.,d.]|badalnā[root] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhānti sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this world to (hurt[root]|sorrow) peacelessness from (x|change[root]) happiness peace establishment (x|do[inf.f.]) only be[pres.sg.23] .
143You are going to transform the sorrow and peacelessness of this world and bring happiness and peace, are you not?
123करनी है ना ! karnī hai nā ! karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
144You have to do this.
124हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
145Raise your hands!
125करनी है ? karnī hai ? karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
146You are going to do this?
126कि सिर्फ देखना है हो रहा है लेकिन अभी बदलना है . ki sirph dēkhnā hai hō rahā hai lēkin abhī badalnā hai . ki[conj.] sirph[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] badalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . that only see[pres.sg.23.oblig1] be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] but now change[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
147Or, are you just going to watch? 148It is happening, but it has to change now.
127चाहे ब्राह्मण आत्मा हो देखते नहीं रहो यह कर रहे हैं लेकिन उन्हों को भी वाणी और मन्सा संकल्प द्वारा परिवर्तन करो करना नहीं चाहिए ! chāhē brāhmaṇ ātmā hō dēkhtē nahī̃ rahō yah kar rahē haĩ lēkin unhō̃ kō bhī vāṇī aur mansā saṅkalp dvārā parivartan karō karnā nahī̃ chāhiē ! chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lēkin vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur mansā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ! (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Brahmin soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] but that to too words and through the mind thought through transformation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[inf.m.sg.d.] not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) !
149Even if it is Brahmin souls, do not just continue to watch and think that they are doing it, but also transform them through your words and thoughts in the mind. 150You should not have to do it.
128बापदादा सुनता रहता है बापदादा तक बात दे दी जब बात दे दी तो खुद बाप के डायरेक्शन पर चलो जिम्मेवार बापदादा है उनके साथी मुरब्बी बच्चे निमित्त बने हुए बच्चे . bāpdādā suntā rahtā hai bāpdādā tak bāt dē dī jab bāt dē dī tō khud bāp K|kē direction par chalō jimmēvār bāpdādā hai unkē sāthī murabbī bachchē nimitt banē huē bachchē . bāpdādā sunnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] bāpdādā tak bāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] jab bāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] tō khud bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] direction par[postp.]|par[adj.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jimmēvār[adj.] bāpdādā hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.pl.kē] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] murabbī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . BapDada listen[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] BapDada until matter give[past-part.f..root+dēnā] when matter give[past-part.f..root+dēnā] then oneself father (K|of) direction (at|other) continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x BapDada be[pres.sg.23] that[.kē] companion x child instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child .
151BapDada continues to hear that that matter has reached BapDada. 152Since you have given this situation to Him, then you yourself should follow the Father's directions because BapDada is responsible and the special beloved companion children are His instruments.
129तो सदा अपने मन को व्यर्थ संकल्पों के बजाए अब दुःखी आत्माओं को चाहे ब्राह्मण हैं या कोई भी हैं डिस्टर्ब आत्मा को सहयोग दो . tō sadā apnē man kō vyarth saṅkalpō̃ kē bajāē ab duḥkhī ātmāō̃ kō chāhē brāhmaṇ haĩ yā kōī bhī haĩ disturb ātmā kō sahyōg dō . tō sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē bajāē[x] ab[adv.] duḥkhī[adj.]|duḥkhnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā kōī bhī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] disturb ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . then constantly one’s own mind to wasteful thought instead of now (unhappy|hurt[past-part.f.]) soul to (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Brahmin be[pres.pl.12hon3] or anyone be[pres.pl.12hon3] disturb soul to cooperation (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
153So, instead of having waste thoughts in your mind, now constantly give co-operation to the unhappy and disturbed souls, whether they are Brahmin souls or anyone else.
130सहयोगी बनो . sahyōgī banō . sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . co-operative become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
154Be co-operative.
131अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
155Achcha.
132अभी आज जो पहले बारी आये हैं वह उठो . abhī āj jō pahlē bārī āyē haĩ vah uṭhō . ab[adv.hī] āj jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now today that (x|firstly) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
156Those who have come for the first time today, stand up!
133सभी ने देखा . sabhī nē dēkhā . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . all ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
157Did everyone see?
134बापदादा पहले बारी आने वालों का सभा के बीच बर्थ डे मना रहे हैं . bāpdādā pahlē bārī ānē vālō̃ kā sabhā K|kē bīch birth day manā rahē haĩ . bāpdādā pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīch birth day[x] manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada (x|firstly) x (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who of court (K|of) centre birthday celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
158BapDada is celebrating the birthday of those who have come for the first time into this gathering.
135फिर भी चाहे कनेक्शन में भी हो लेकिन बाप से मिलन मनाने आये हैं तो यहाँ ब्राह्मण परिवार में बर्थ डे मना रहे हैं . phir bhī chāhē connection mē̃ bhī hō lēkin bāp sē milan manānē āyē haĩ tō yahā̃ brāhmaṇ parivār mē̃ birth day manā rahē haĩ . phir bhī[x] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē connection mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tō yahā̃ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] birth day[x] manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . nevertheless (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) connection in too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but father from meeting celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] then here Brahmin family in birthday celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
159You may be in connection, but you have come to celebrate a meeting with the Father and Baba is therefore celebrating your birthday here with the Brahmin family.
136बापदादा को खुशी है जो पहले से कनेक्शन में हैं उनके लिए नहीं कहते लेकिन मधुबन में पहले बारी आये हैं इसके लिए ब्राह्मणों के बीच उन्हों की सेरीमनी कर रहे हैं . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai jō pahlē sē connection mē̃ haĩ unkē liē nahī̃ kahtē lēkin madhuban mē̃ pahlē bārī āyē haĩ iskē liē brāhmaṇō̃ K|kē bīch unhō̃ key|kī ceremony kar rahē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] pahlē sē[x] connection mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīch vah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ceremony karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] that beforehand connection in be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) not say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but Madhuban in (x|firstly) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] this[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) Brahmin (K|of) centre that (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ceremony do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
160BapDada is pleased. 161He is not saying this of those who have been in connection from before, but of those who have come to Madhuban for the first time and this is why He has held a ceremony among the Brahmins.
137इतने सभी ब्राह्मणों की मुबारक मिल रही है . itnē sabhī brāhmaṇō̃ key|kī mubārak mil rahī hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . such all Brahmin (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations receive[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
162You are receiving congratulations from so many Brahmins.
138लेकिन आगे के लिए यह सोचना कि स्थापना के समय के बाद तो देरी से यहाँ पहुंचे हैं ना इसलिए बाकी जो समय बचा हुआ है उसमें तीव्र पुरूषार्थ कर समय को व्यर्थ नहीं करना लेकिन एक सेकण्ड में 10 मिनट का काम करना . lēkin āgē kē liē yah sōchnā ki sthāpanā K|kē samay kē bād tō dērī sē yahā̃ pahuñchē haĩ nā isliē bākī jō samay bachā huā hai usmē̃ tīvr purūṣhārth kar samay kō vyarth nahī̃ karnā lēkin ēk second mē̃ 10 minute kā kām karnā . lēkin āgē kē liē[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] tō dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] yahā̃ pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā isliē bākī|bākī jō[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachānā[root]|bachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[root] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] lēkin ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] 10 minute kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but previously for this think[inf.m.sg.d.] that establishment (K|of) time after then x from here reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ therefore (others|but) that time (save[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.mē̃] intense effort do[root] time to wasteful not do[inf.m.sg.d.] but one second in 10 minute of (task|lust) do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
163However, for the future you have to think that because you have come here so late after establishment, for the remaining time you have to make intense effort and not waste time but do ten minutes' work in one second.
139अटेन्शन देना . attention dēnā . attention dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . attention give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
164You have to pay attention.
140अपना पुरूषार्थ तीव्र कर जितना आगे बढ़ने चाहो उतना बढ़ सकते हो . apnā purūṣhārth tīvr kar jitnā āgē baṛhnē chāhō utnā baṛh saktē hō . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] puruṣhārth tīvr[adj.] karnā[root] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . (one’s own|adopt[root]) effort intense do[root] the more previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x grow[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
165You can make your effort intense and go ahead as much as you want.
141यह आप सभी को सभी ब्राह्मणों की तरफ से बाप की तरफ शुभ भावना शुभ कामना है . yah āp sabhī kō sabhī brāhmaṇō̃ key|kī taraph sē bāp key|kī taraph śhubh bhāvnā śhubh kāmnā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] śhubh kāmnā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this you all to all Brahmin (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction pure feeling good wishes be[pres.sg.23] .
166These are the good wishes and pure feelings on behalf of all the Brahmins and the Father.
142अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
167Achcha.
143सेवा का टर्न यू . पी . बनारस पश्चिम नेपाल का है : अच्छा जो पहले बारी आये हैं वह बैठ जाओ . sēvā kā turn U|you . P|pī . banāras paśhchim nēpāl kā hai : achchhā jō pahlē bārī āyē haĩ vah baiṭh jāō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . banāras[n.f.;sg.] paśhchim[adj.] nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . service of you (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . Benares West x of be[pres.sg.23] : achcha that (x|firstly) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
168It is the turn of UP, Benares, West Nepal to serve: Those who have come for the first time, sit down!
144अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
169Achcha.
145यू . पी . की टीचर्स आगे-आगे खड़ी हैं . U|you . P|pī . key|kī teachers āgē-āgē khaṛī haĩ . U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] teacher āgē khaṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) teacher previously standing be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
170The teachers from UP are standing at the front.
146अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
171It is good.
147यू . पी . में चारों ओर के भगत बहुत आते हैं . U|you . P|pī . mē̃ chārō̃ ōr K|kē bhagat bahut ātē haĩ . U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . mē̃[postp.] chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhagat[adj.] bahut ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . in everywhere (K|of) x very come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
172Devotees from everywhere come to UP a lot.
148तो यू . पी . वालों को जो भी हो सके भक्तों को सन्देश जरूर दो . tō U|you . P|pī . vālō̃ kō jō bhī hō sakē bhaktō̃ kō sandēśh jarūr dō . tō U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] zarūr dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . then (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . those who to that too be[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] devotee to message definitely (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
173Those from UP definitely have to give the message to the devotees.
149सन्देश देना आपका काम है बाकी भाग्य बनाना कितना भाग्य बनाते हैं वह उनके हाथ में है लेकिन आपको उल्हना नहीं दें कि हमको आपने हमारा बाप आया और हमारा बाप वर्सा देने आये हैं यह सन्देश नहीं दिया . sandēśh dēnā āpkā kām hai bākī bhāgya banānā kitnā bhāgya banātē haĩ vah unkē hāth mē̃ hai lēkin āpkō ulhanā nahī̃ dē̃ ki hamkō āpnē hamārā bāp āyā aur hamārā bāp varsā dēnē āyē haĩ yah sandēśh nahī̃ diyā . sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bākī|bākī bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] vah[pn.pl.kē] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kō] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] āp[pn.pl.nē] ham[pn.pl.kā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur ham[pn.pl.kā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . message give[inf.m.sg.d.] you[.kā] (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] (others|but) x create[inf.m.sg.d.] so x create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that that[.kē] hand in be[pres.sg.23] but you[.kō] complaint not give[opt.pl.12hon3] that we[.kō] you[.nē] we[.kā] father come[past-part.m.sg.d.] and we[.kā] father inheritance give[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] this message not give[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 150हमको कुछ तो वर्सा ले लेते . hamkō kuchh tō varsā lē lētē . ham[pn.pl.kō] kuchh tō varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . we[.kō] anything then inheritance (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
174It is your duty to give the message and then it is in their hands for them to create their fortune and how much of it they create. 175However, they should not complain to you that you did not give them the message "Our Father came and He came to give us the inheritance.
151इसीलिए यू . पी . वालों को जब भी ऐसे करते भी हो बाप के पास समाचार आते हैं लेकिन फिर भी जहाँ तक हो सकता है वहाँ तक सन्देश देने का पाठ आप लोगों के लिए सहज है . isīliē U|you . P|pī . vālō̃ kō jab bhī aisē kartē bhī hō bāp kē pās samāchār ātē haĩ lēkin phir bhī jahā̃ tak hō saktā hai vahā̃ tak sandēśh dēnē kā pāṭh āp lōgō̃ kē liē sahaj hai . isīliē U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jab bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin phir bhī[x] jahā̃ tak[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] vahā̃ tak[x] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . those who to when too such do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) father to news come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but nevertheless as long as be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ∅ message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of lesson you people for easy be[pres.sg.23] .
176We would have claimed some inheritance, at least!" 177You do do this because the Father receives the news. 178In any case it is easy for you to give the message to everyone whenever possible.
152और यू . पी . से ब्रह्मा बाप का जगत अम्बा का बहुत प्यार रहा है . aur U|you . P|pī . sē brahmā bāp kā jagat ambā kā bahut pyār rahā hai . aur U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . sē[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jagat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ambā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . and (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . from Brahma father of world mother of very love remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
179Father Brahma and Jagadamba, the World Mother have had a lot of love for UP.
153जितना ब्रह्मा बाबा यू . पी . में आये हैं इतना बाम्बे में भी आये हैं लेकिन यू . पी . में भी आये हैं . jitnā brahmā bābā U|you . P|pī . mē̃ āyē haĩ itnā bāmbē mē̃ bhī āyē haĩ lēkin U|you . P|pī . mē̃ bhī āyē haĩ . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brahmā bābā[x] U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāmbē mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . the more x (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] such Bombay in too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . in too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
180Father Brahma went to UP just as much as he went to Bombay.
154तो जिस जगह ब्रह्मा बाप के पांव पड़े वह स्थान कितना भाग्यवान है . tō jis jagah brahmā bāp K|kē pāṅw paṛē vah sthān kitnā bhāgyavān hai . tō jō[pn.sg.o.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[opt.sg.23]|paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgyavān[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then that x Brahma father (K|of) foot (fall[opt.sg.23]|fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that place so fortunate be[pres.sg.23] .
181The place where Father Brahma placed his footsteps is so fortunate!
155लखनऊ और कानपुर दोनों ही इस भाग्य के अधिकारी बने हैं . lakhnaū aur kānpur dōnō̃ hī is bhāgya K|kē adhikārī banē haĩ . lakhnaū aur kānpur[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ hī[p.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . x and x x only this x (K|of) (one) who has a right become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
182Both Lucknow and Kanpur have had a right to this fortune.
156बाम्बे भी बना है लेकिन अभी यू . पी . का टर्न है . bāmbē bhī banā hai lēkin abhī U|you . P|pī . kā turn hai . bāmbē bhī[p.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Bombay too become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but now (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . of you be[pres.sg.23] .
183Bombay also became that, but it is now the turn of UP.
157डायरेक्ट माँ और बाप के शिक्षा की बूंदे यू . पी . में पड़ी हैं . direct mā̃ aur bāp K|kē śhikṣhā key|kī būndē U|you . P|pī . mē̃ paṛī haĩ . direct mā̃[n.f.;sg.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] būnd[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . mē̃[postp.] paṛnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . direct mother and father (K|of) teachings (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) drop (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . in fall[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .
184Drops of teachings from the mother and father have fallen directly on UP.
158अभी यू . पी . को आगे क्या करना है ? abhī U|you . P|pī . kō āgē kyā karnā hai ? ab[adv.hī] U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . kō[postp.] āgē kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? now (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . to previously what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
185What does UP have to do for the future now?
159वाणी द्वारा मेलों में सेवा तो करते हो लेकिन अभी के समय अनुसार जो बापदादा कहता आया है पहले भी कि वारिस और नामीग्रामी माइक नामीग्रामी का अर्थ यह है कि उनके कहने का प्रभाव सुनने वालों का पड़ने वाला हो ऐसे माइक तैयार करो . vāṇī dvārā mēlō̃ mē̃ sēvā tō kartē hō lēkin abhī K|kē samay anusār jō bāpdādā kahtā āyā hai pahlē bhī ki vāris aur nāmīgrāmī mike nāmīgrāmī kā arth|earth yah hai ki unkē kahnē kā prabhāv sunnē vālō̃ kā paṛnē vālā hō aisē mike taiyār karō . vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā mēlā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin ab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.pres-part+ānā] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] ki[conj.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nāmīgrāmī[adj.] mike nāmīgrāmī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] vah[pn.pl.kē] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . words through fair in service then do[pres.pl.m.2] but now (K|of) time according to that BapDada say[pres-perf.sg.m.23.pres-part+ānā] (x|firstly) too that heir and x mike x of (meaning|earth) this be[pres.sg.23] that that[.kē] say[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who of fall[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) such mike x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
186You do service through words in the melas, but, according to the present time, BapDada has been telling everyone until now to bring heirs and well-known mikes. 187"Well known" means those whose words create an impact on the ones who hear them. 188Prepare such mikes.
160ऐसे वारिसों का ग्रुप हर सेन्टर कितने सेन्टर हैं यू . पी . में बहुत हैं ना . aisē vārisō̃ kā group har|her centre kitnē centre haĩ U|you . P|pī . mē̃ bahut haĩ nā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group harnā[root]|har|her centre kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . mē̃[postp.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . such heir of group (x[root]|x) centre so centre be[pres.pl.12hon3] (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . in very be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
189There should be a group of such heirs at every centre. 190How many centres are there in UP? 191There are many.
161तो इतने वारिस निकालने चाहिए . tō itnē vāris nikālnē chāhiē . tō itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[.oblig3] . then such heir x[.oblig3] .
192So, you should bring that many heirs.
162हिसाब करना कितने सेन्टर हैं और कितने वारिस बने हैं . hisāb karnā kitnē centre haĩ aur kitnē vāris banē haĩ . hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . account do[inf.m.sg.d.] so centre be[pres.pl.12hon3] and so heir become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
193Count how many centres there are and how many heirs have been created.
163और जितने बनने चाहिए उतने बने हैं या बनाने हैं . aur jitnē bannē chāhiē utnē banē haĩ yā banānē haĩ . aur jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[.oblig3] utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] yā banānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] . and the more become[.oblig3] x become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] or create[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] .
194So, according to how many there should be, have that many heirs come or are they still to come?
164अगर बनाने हैं तो समय पर कोई भरोसा नहीं है जल्दी से जल्दी वारिस और माइक जिनकी आवाज से अनेक आत्माओं के भाग्य की रेखा खुल जाए क्योंकि आपने तो बहुत सेवा की जो पुराने हैं उन्होंने तो बहुत सेवा की . agar banānē haĩ tō samay par kōī bharōsā nahī̃ hai jaldī sē jaldī vāris aur mike jinkī āvāj sē anēk ātmāō̃ K|kē bhāgya key|kī rēkhā khul jāē kyōṅki āpnē tō bahut sēvā key|kī jō purānē haĩ unhōnnē tō bahut sēvā key|kī . agar banānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kōī[pn.;d.] bharōsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jaldī sē[postp.] jaldī vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur mike jō[pn.pl.kī] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] anēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] khulnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.nē] tō bahut sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jō[pn.;d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.nē] tō bahut sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . if create[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] then time (at|other) some guarantee not be[pres.sg.23] very quickly from very quickly heir and mike that[.kī] noise from many soul (K|of) x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line open up[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] because you[.nē] then very service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) that old be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.nē] then very service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) .
195If you still have to create them, then there is no guarantee about time. 196Create heirs and mikes as quickly as possible from whose sound the line of fortune of many souls opens up because you have done a lot of service. 197The older ones have done a lot of service.
165अभी सेवा कराओ . abhī sēvā karāō . ab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now service make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
198Now, get service done through others.
166करने वाले तैयार करो . karnē vālē taiyār karō . karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
199Prepare those who will do it.
167कर सकते हैं ना ! kar saktē haĩ nā ! karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] nā ! do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ∅ !
200You can do this, can you not?
168हाथ उठाओ टीचर्स . hāth uṭhāō teachers . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] teacher . raise your hands teacher .
201Teachers, raise your hands!
169अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
202Achcha.
170टीचर्स भी बहुत हैं . teachers bhī bahut haĩ . teacher bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . teacher too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
203There are many teachers.
171तो इतने ही तैयार करो . tō itnē hī taiyār karō . tō itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such only x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
204So prepare that many.
172हर एक सेन्टर चाहे छोटा चाहे बड़ा सेन्टर की लिस्ट में है उनको जरूर अपना सबूत देना है क्योंकि समय पर कोई भरोसा नहीं है . har ēk centre chāhē chhōṭā chāhē baṛā centre key|kī list mē̃ hai unkō jarūr apnā sabūt dēnā hai kyōṅki samay par kōī bharōsā nahī̃ hai . har ēk[x] centre chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] centre key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] list mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.pl.kō] zarūr apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kōī[pn.;d.] bharōsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one centre (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) small (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) very centre (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) list in be[pres.sg.23] that[.kō] definitely (one’s own|adopt[root]) x give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] because time (at|other) some guarantee not be[pres.sg.23] .
205Each centre, whether small or big, if it is in the list of centres then they definitely have to give the proof because there is no guarantee about the time.
173कब भी क्या भी हो सकता है . kab bhī kyā bhī hō saktā hai . kab bhī[p.] kyā bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . when too what too be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
206Anything can happen at any time.
174इसलिए बापदादा सभी जो भी जोन आते हैं नहीं भी आये हैं सभी जोन को यही कहते हैं कि अभी आगे बढ़ो . isliē bāpdādā sabhī jō bhī zone ātē haĩ nahī̃ bhī āyē haĩ sabhī zone kō yahī kahtē haĩ ki abhī āgē baṛhō . isliē bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] zone ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sab[adv.hī] zone kō[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] āgē baṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore BapDada all that too zone come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] not too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] all zone to this say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that now previously grow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
207This is why BapDada is telling all the zones, and even those who have not come. 208Baba is telling all the zones: Now, move forward!
175क्लासेज तो चलते रहते हैं संख्या भी बढ़ती रहती है लेकिन अभी निमित्त बनने वाले बनाओ और बनाने के लिए बापदादा ने देखा है हर जोन में ऐसी आत्मायें हैं जो निमित्त बन सकती हैं . classes tō chaltē rahtē haĩ saṅkhyā bhī baṛhtī rahtī hai lēkin abhī nimitt bannē vālē banāō aur banānē kē liē bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai har|her zone mē̃ aisī ātmāyē̃ haĩ jō nimitt ban saktī haĩ . class tō chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] lēkin ab[adv.hī] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] harnā[root]|har|her zone mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] . class then continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] x too grow[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] but now instrument become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and create[inf.m.pl.,o.] for BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] (x[root]|x) zone in such soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] that instrument become[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] .
209Classes continue to take place. 210The numbers are continuing to increase but now prepare those who will become instruments. 211In order to create them, BapDada has seen that there are such souls in all the zones who can become instruments.
176तो यू . पी . एक तो भक्तों का कल्याण करो भक्त भक्त कहलाने वाले भले थोड़े हैं लेकिन भक्त भी हैं . tō U|you . P|pī . ēk tō bhaktō̃ kā kalyāṇ karō bhakta bhakta kahlānē vālē bhalē thōṛē haĩ lēkin bhakta bhī haĩ . tō U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . ēk[adj.] tō bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahlānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . one then devotee of benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] devotee devotee call[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who benefit short be[pres.pl.12hon3] but devotee too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
212Those from UP have to benefit the devotees. 213Though there may be few who call themselves devotees they are devotees.
177उन्हों को भक्ति का फल दिलाओ . unhō̃ kō bhakti kā phal dilāō . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhakti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that to devotion of fruit x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
214Enable them to receive the fruit of their devotion.
178बहुत मेहनत करते हैं . bahut mēhnat kartē haĩ . bahut mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . very effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 179बाकी अच्छा है . bākī achchhā hai . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (others|but) achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
215They make a lot of effort, but it is good.
180हर एक जोन बापदादा ने देखा कि अपने पुरूषार्थ में बढ़ भी रहे हैं लेकिन अभी भी बढ़ने की मार्जिन हैं . har ēk zone bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki apnē purūṣhārth mē̃ baṛh bhī rahē haĩ lēkin abhī bhī baṛhnē key|kī margin haĩ . har ēk[x] zone bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] baṛhnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] margin hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . each one zone BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that one’s own effort in grow[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but now too grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
216BapDada has seen that each zone is moving forward in their effort, but, even now, there is a margin to move further ahead.
181अच्छी - अच्छी बाप की लाडली बच्चियां हैं डायरेक्ट ब्रह्मा बाप की पालना लेने वाली हैं . achchhī - achchhī bāp key|kī lāḍlī bachchiyā̃ haĩ direct brahmā bāp key|kī pālnā lēnē vālī haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] - achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] direct brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha - achcha father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x girl be[pres.pl.12hon3] direct Brahma father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
217There are very good daughters of the Father who have taken sustenance directly from Father Brahma.
182कर रहे हो ऐसे नहीं नहीं कर रहे हो . kar rahē hō aisē nahī̃ nahī̃ kar rahē hō . karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aisē nahī̃[x] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] it isn't that not do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
218You are doing it. 219It is not that you are not. 220You are doing it.
183कर भी रहे हो लेकिन थोड़ी और स्पीड बढ़ाओ . kar bhī rahē hō lēkin thōṛī aur speed baṛhāō . karnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur speed baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . do[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but short and x increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
221You are doing it, but now increase your speed a little.
184अच्छा सेवा का टर्न है यज्ञ सेवा अर्थात् अपने भाग्य बनाने की सेवा . achchhā sēvā kā turn hai yagya sēvā arthāt apnē bhāgya banānē key|kī sēvā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] . achcha service of you be[pres.sg.23] sacrificial fire service that is one’s own x create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service .
222Achcha, it is your turn to do service. 223To serve the yagya means to do service to create your fortune.
185क्योंकि आपके पास कितने भी स्टूडेन्ट आवें लेकिन यज्ञ में कितने इकठ्ठे होते हैं . kyōṅki āpkē pās|pass kitnē bhī student āvē̃ lēkin yagya mē̃ kitnē ikaṭhṭhē hōtē haĩ . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] student ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . because you[.kē] (x|pass) so too student come[opt.pl.12hon3] but sacrificial fire in so together be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
224No matter how many students come to you, how many come together in the yayga.
186इतने ब्राह्मणों की यज्ञ सेवा करना पुण्य कितना है . itnē brāhmaṇō̃ key|kī yagya sēvā karnā puṇya kitnā hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such Brahmin (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sacrificial fire service do[inf.m.sg.d.] charity so be[pres.sg.23] .
225To serve so many Brahmins in the yagya is so much charity.
187तो सेवा करने आते हो लेकिन वास्तव में कहें पुण्य जमा करने आते हो . tō sēvā karnē ātē hō lēkin vāstav mē̃ kahē̃ puṇya jamā karnē ātē hō . tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin vāstav mē̃[x] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] . then service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.pl.m.2] but x say[opt.pl.12hon3] charity (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.pl.m.2] .
226You come to do service but, in fact, it should be said that you come to accumulate your charity.
188बापदादा को खुशी होती है कि यह भी चांस पुण्य बनाने का साधन है . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hōtī hai ki yah bhī chance puṇya banānē kā sādhan hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] chance puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] that this too chance charity create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities be[pres.sg.23] .
227BapDada is pleased that this is also a chance to accumulate your charity.
189तो सेवा अच्छी कर रहे हो ना . tō sēvā achchhī kar rahē hō nā . tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā . then service achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ .
228You are doing good service, are you not?
190वैसे सभी जोन अच्छी करते हैं बापदादा के पास कोई रिपोर्ट नहीं आती है . vaisē sabhī zone achchhī kartē haĩ bāpdādā kē pās kōī report nahī̃ ātī hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] zone achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bāpdādā kē pās[x] kōī[pn.;d.] report nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . x all zone achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] BapDada to some report not come[pres.sg.f.23] .
229In fact, all the zones are doing good service. 230BapDada has not received any reports (complaints) about anyone.
191अच्छे हो और अच्छी सेवा करते हो . achchhē hō aur achchhī sēvā kartē hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . achcha (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and achcha service do[pres.pl.m.2] .
231You are good and you are doing good service.
192सहज हो जाता है . sahaj hō jātā hai . sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . easy be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
232It becomes easy.
193ठीक करते हैं ना सेवा . ṭhīk kartē haĩ nā sēvā . ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] . OK do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ service .
233You are doing service well, are you not?
194सभी दादियां भी आप लोगों को मुबारक देती हैं . sabhī dādiyā̃ bhī āp lōgō̃ kō mubārak dētī haĩ . sab[adv.hī] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . all Dadi too you people to congratulations give[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
234All the Dadis are also congratulating all of you.
195पाण्डव भी कितने आते हैं . pāṇḍav bhī kitnē ātē haĩ . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Pandava too so come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
235So many Pandavas have also come.
196पाण्डव भी कम नहीं हैं . pāṇḍav bhī cum|kam nahī̃ haĩ . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Pandava too (x|less) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
236The Pandavas are no less.
197कई ऐसी सेवायें हैं जो पाण्डव ही कर सकते हैं . kaī aisī sēvāyē̃ haĩ jō pāṇḍav hī kar saktē haĩ . kaī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . some such service be[pres.pl.12hon3] that Pandava only do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
237There are many types of service which only the Pandavas can do.
198इसलिए पाण्डवों को भी बापदादा और सर्व मधुबन निवासी मुबारक दे रहे हैं . isliē pāṇḍavō̃ kō bhī bāpdādā aur sarv madhuban nivāsī mubārak dē rahē haĩ . isliē pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā aur sarv[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . therefore Pandava to too BapDada and all Madhuban resident congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
238This is why BapDada and all the Madhuban residents are congratulating all the Pandavas.
199अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
239Achcha.
20010 विंग्स आई हैं : अच्छा खड़े रहो . 10 wings āī haĩ : achchhā khaṛē rahō . 10 wing ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 10 wing come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] : achcha standing remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
240Ten Wings have come. 241Achcha, stand up!
201आपके झण्डे और बोर्ड बापदादा ने देखा इसलिए नीचे कर लो . āpkē jhaṇḍē aur board bāpdādā nē dēkhā isliē nīchē kar lō . āp[pn.pl.kē] jhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur board bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] isliē nīchē karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . you[.kē] flag and board BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] therefore down do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .
242BapDada has seen your boards and flags and so you can put them away.
202बापदादा ने देखा है कि जो भी वर्ग आये हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki jō bhī varg āyē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that that too profession come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 203जब से वर्ग बने हैं तब से सेवा का उमंग हर एक वर्ग में अच्छा है . jab sē varg banē haĩ tab sē sēvā kā umaṅg har ēk varg mē̃ achchhā hai . jab sē[postp.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tab sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . when from profession become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] for only then from service of zeal each one profession in achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
243BapDada has seen that all the Wings that have come have had a lot of enthusiasm for service from the time they were established.
204हर एक ने अपनी जिम्मेवारी समझी है कि हमको करना ही है . har ēk nē apnī jimmēvārī samajhī hai ki hamkō karnā hī hai . har ēk[x] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samajhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one ∅ one’s own responsibility understand[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that we[.kō] do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
244Each one has considered it their responsibility to do this.
205इसलिए हर एक वर्ग सेवा करके अपनी संख्या सेन्टरों पर बढ़ा रहे हैं . isliē har ēk varg sēvā karkē apnī saṅkhyā sēnṭarō̃ par baṛhā rahē haĩ . isliē har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] centre[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . therefore each one profession service do[abs.] one’s own x centre (at|other) increase[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
245This is why each Wing is doing service and increasing the number at their centre.
206रिपोर्ट तो बाप के पास आती ही हैं . report tō bāp kē pās ātī hī haĩ . report tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] ānā[pres-part.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . report then father to come[pres-part.f.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
246Baba receives reports about everything.
207अभी एक बात कि जो भी वर्ग हैं वह विशेष आत्मायें जो निमित्त बनी हैं जिसको विशेष निमित्त आत्मायें कहते हैं उसकी सेवा करके हर जोन में एक दिन स्थान फिक्स करके सब तरफ के जो निमित्त आत्मायें निकली हैं उनका संगठन करो . abhī ēk bāt ki jō bhī varg haĩ vah viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ jō nimitt banī haĩ jiskō viśhēṣh nimitt ātmāyē̃ kahtē haĩ uskī sēvā karkē har|her zone mē̃ ēk din sthān fix karkē sab taraph K|kē jō nimitt ātmāyē̃ nikalī haĩ unkā saṅgaṭhan karō . ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] jō[pn.sg.kō] viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] harnā[root]|har|her zone mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] fix karnā[abs.] sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kā] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now one matter that that too profession be[pres.pl.12hon3] that special soul that instrument become[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] that[.kō] special instrument soul say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kī] service do[abs.] (x[root]|x) zone in one day place fix do[abs.] all direction (K|of) that instrument soul be extracted[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] that[.kā] gathering do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
247All the Wings should serve the special souls whom you call the special instruments and fix a day and place and have a gathering of such special instruments.
208पहला जोन में संगठन करो फिर मधुबन में देखेंगे . pahlā zone mē̃ saṅgaṭhan karō phir madhuban mē̃ dēkhē̃gē . pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zone mē̃[postp.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x zone in gathering do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (then|turn[root]) Madhuban in see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
248First have a gathering in your zones and then we will see about it in Madhuban.
209लेकिन पहले जिस जोन के ज्यादा सेवाधारी करने वाले हैं उस जोन में सब जोन के दिन मुकरर करके विशेष आत्माओं का मिलन करो . lēkin pahlē jis zone K|kē jyādā sēvādhārī karnē vālē haĩ us zone mē̃ sab zone K|kē din mukarar karkē viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ kā milan karō . lēkin pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] jō[pn.sg.o.] zone K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.o.] zone mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] zone K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukarar karnā[abs.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but (x|firstly) that zone (K|of) more server do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that zone in all zone (K|of) day x do[abs.] special soul of meeting do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
249However, first, all those from the different zones should select a zone where there are many servers who can do everything and have a gathering of special souls there.
210एक दो को देख करके भी उत्साह आता है यह भी करते हैं हम भी करते हैं और सेवा को बढ़ायें . ēk dō kō dēkh karkē bhī utsāh ātā hai yah bhī kartē haĩ ham bhī kartē haĩ aur sēvā kō baṛhāyē̃ . ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bhī[p.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to see[root] do[abs.] too enthusiasm come[pres.sg.m.23] this too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and service to increase[opt.pl.12hon3] .
250You have enthusiasm on seeing one another do this: They are doing this and so we shall also do it and increase service.
211तो उमंग उत्साह दिलाने के लिए पहले जिस जोन में विशेष वर्ग की सेवा हो वहाँ हर कोई जहाँ भी राय करके फिक्स करो वहाँ पहले इकठ्ठे करो फिर मधुबन में बुलायेंगे . tō umaṅg utsāh dilānē kē liē pahlē jis zone mē̃ viśhēṣh varg key|kī sēvā hō vahā̃ har|her kōī jahā̃ bhī rāy karkē fix karō vahā̃ pahlē ikaṭhṭhē karō phir madhuban mē̃ bulāyēṅgē . tō umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] jō[pn.sg.o.] zone mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vahā̃ harnā[root]|har|her kōī[pn.;d.] jahā̃ bhī[p.] rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.]|rāy[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] fix karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vahā̃ pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bulānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then zeal enthusiasm x[inf.m.pl.,o.] for (x|firstly) that zone in special profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) there (x[root]|x) some where there too (x) do[abs.] fix do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] there (x|firstly) together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (then|turn[root]) Madhuban in call[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
251Whichever zone has the service of a special wing, then discuss this among yourselves and fix a place to have a gathering there in order to create that zeal and enthusiasm and then you will be called to Madhuban.
212यह नहीं किया है . yah nahī̃ kiyā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . this not do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
252You haven't done this yet.
213तो पता पड़े कितने माइक तैयार हुए हैं . tō patā paṛē kitnē mike taiyār huē haĩ . tō patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[opt.sg.23]|paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then knowledge (fall[opt.sg.23]|fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) so mike x be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 214कितने सहयोगी तैयार हुए हैं . kitnē sahyōgī taiyār huē haĩ . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōgī[adj.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . so co-operative x be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 215और कितने आपस में एक दो को मदद कर सकते हैं . aur kitnē āpas mē̃ ēk dō kō madad kar saktē haĩ . aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āpas mē̃[x] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . and so with each other one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
253Then we will know how many mikes have been created and how many co-operative souls have been prepared and how much you can help one another.
216एक जोन वर्ग दूसरे वर्ग में भी सहयोगी बन सकता है . ēk zone varg dūsrē varg mē̃ bhī sahyōgī ban saktā hai . ēk[adj.] zone varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . one zone profession other profession in too co-operative become[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
254One wing can help another wing in one zone.
217तो उमंग आयेगा एक दो को देख करके समाचार सुनते उमंग आयेगा . tō umaṅg āyēgā ēk dō kō dēkh karkē samāchār suntē umaṅg āyēgā . tō umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . then zeal come[fut.m.sg.23] one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to see[root] do[abs.] news listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] zeal come[fut.m.sg.23] .
255When you see or hear one another's news there will be enthusiasm.
218मधुबन के पहले वहाँ ही इकठ्ठे करो फिर देखेंगे . madhuban K|kē pahlē vahā̃ hī ikaṭhṭhē karō phir dēkhē̃gē . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] vahā̃ hī[p.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Madhuban (K|of) (x|firstly) there only together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (then|turn[root]) see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
256Before coming to Madhuban, first gather them together there and then we shall see.
219ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
257Is that all right?
220यह ठीक लगता है हाथ उठाओ . yah ṭhīk lagtā hai hāth uṭhāō . yah[pn.sg.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this OK x[pres.sg.m.23] raise your hands .
258Do you think this is good? 259Then, raise your hands!
221आप सभी को इकठ्ठा उठाया है बापदादा हर वर्ग को अलग-अलग मुबारक दे रहे हैं . āp sabhī kō ikaṭhṭhā uṭhāyā hai bāpdādā har|her varg kō alag-alag mubārak dē rahē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] bāpdādā harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] alag[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . you all to together uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] BapDada (x[root]|x) profession to separate congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
260All of you have been made to stand up at the same time. 261BapDada is congratulating each Wing individually.
222बापदादा खुश है आपके उमंग उत्साह को देख बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai āpkē umaṅg utsāh kō dēkh bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kē] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] you[.kē] zeal enthusiasm to see[root] BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
262BapDada is pleased. 263BapDada is pleased to see your zeal and enthusiasm.
223ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
264Is that all right?
224अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
265Achcha.
225 ( हर वर्ग वालों से बापदादा ने हाथ उठवाये ) ( har|her varg vālō̃ sē bāpdādā nē hāth uṭhvāyē ) ( harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhvānā[opt.sg.23] ) ( (x[root]|x) profession those who from BapDada ∅ hand make raise[opt.sg.23] )
266(BapDada made those of each Wing raise their hands.)
226बिजनेस विंग : बापदादा ने आपको देखा भी आपको और मुबारक भी दी और सर्विस का प्लैन भी दिया तो आप सबको स्पेशल मुबारक हो . business wing : bāpdādā nē āpkō dēkhā bhī āpkō aur mubārak bhī the|dī aur service kā plan bhī diyā tō āp sabkō special mubārak hō . business wing : bāpdādā nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] aur mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] the|dēnā[past-part.f.] aur service[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan bhī[p.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.] sabkō special mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . business wing : BapDada ∅ you[.kō] see[past-part.m.sg.d.] too you[.kō] and congratulations too (the|give[past-part.f.]) and service of plan too give[past-part.m.sg.d.] then you everything special congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
267Business Wing: BapDada saw all of you and also congratulated you and gave you service plans. 268Special congratulations to you.
227एज्युकेशन विंग : तो खास आप लोगों को भी बापदादा उमंग उत्साह की मिठाई खिला रहा है . education wing : tō khās āp lōgō̃ kō bhī bāpdādā umaṅg utsāh key|kī miṭhāī khilā rahā hai . education wing : tō khās āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] miṭhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khilnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|khilānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . education wing : then x you people to too BapDada zeal enthusiasm (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sweet (in bloom[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|feed[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
269Education Wing: BapDada is specially giving you all the sweet (toli) of zeal and enthusiasm.
228यूथ विंग : यूथ ऐसा ग्रुप तैयार करो यह बहिनें भी हैं ना . youth wing : youth aisā group taiyār karō yah bahinē̃ bhī haĩ nā . youth wing : youth aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . youth wing : youth such group x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this x too be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
270Youth Wing: Youth, prepare a group. 271These are sisters, are they not?
229ऐसा ग्रुप तैयार करो जो कुछ समय से या जब से आये हैं तब से जो मर्यादायें हैं उसमें कायदे प्रमाण चले हैं कितने मर्यादाओं पर चले हैं वह एक-एक का रिकार्ड हो . aisā group taiyār karō jō kuchh samay sē yā jab sē āyē haĩ tab sē jō maryādāyē̃ haĩ usmē̃ kāydē pramāṇ chalē haĩ kitnē maryādāō̃ par chalē haĩ vah ēk-ēk kā record hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō kuchh[x] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yā jab sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tab sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] maryādā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ chalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maryādā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] record hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such group x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] whatever time from or when from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] for only then from that code of conduct be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.mē̃] law (under) continue[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] so code of conduct (at|other) continue[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that one of record (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
272Prepare a group of those who for some time, or from the time they have come till now, have been following the codes of conduct. 273There should be a record of how many codes of conduct they have been following.
230ऐसा छोटा ग्रुप बनाओ जो सरकार के सामने उन्हों को हाजिर करें कि यह यूथ मर्यादा पूर्वक हैं . aisā chhōṭā group banāō jō sarkār K|kē sāmnē unhō̃ kō hājir karē̃ ki yah youth maryādā pūrvak haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sarkār[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] hāzir[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] youth maryādā[n.f.;sg.] pūrvak hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . such small group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that Government (K|of) x that to present do[opt.pl.12hon3] that this youth code of conduct according to be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
274Prepare a small group that can be presented to the Government as the Youth who follow the codes of conduct.
231तो सेवा हो जाए . tō sēvā hō jāē . tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . then service be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
275Then service will be done.
232धार्मिक विंग पोलिटीशियन विंग : अच्छा यह भी आये हैं . dhārmik wing politician wing : achchhā yah bhī āyē haĩ . dhārmik[adj.] wing politician wing : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . Religious wing politician wing : achcha this too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
276Religious Wing, Politician Wing: Achcha, they have also come.
233स्पोर्टस विंग : आपने सुना अभी क्या करना है ? sports wing : āpnē sunā abhī kyā karnā hai ? sport wing : āp[pn.pl.nē] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? sport wing : you[.nē] (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) now what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
277Sports Wing: Did you hear what needs to be done now?
234तो वह करना . tō vah karnā . tō vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then that do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
278You now have to do that.
235फिर बापदादा इसकी रिजल्ट देख फिर मधुबन में बुलायेंगे . phir bāpdādā iskī result dēkh phir madhuban mē̃ bulāyēṅgē . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.kī] result dēkhnā[root] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bulānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (then|turn[root]) BapDada this[.kī] result see[root] (then|turn[root]) Madhuban in call[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
279Then, seeing the result of that, you will be called to Madhuban.
236बाकी सभी वर्ग बापदादा ने सुनाया कि अच्छी सेवा में आगे बढ़ रहा है और प्लैन अच्छे-अच्छे बना रहे हैं उसकी मुबारक हो . bākī sabhī varg bāpdādā nē sunāyā ki achchhī sēvā mē̃ āgē baṛh rahā hai aur plan achchhē-achchhē banā rahē haĩ uskī mubārak hō . bākī|bākī sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur plan achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (others|but) all profession BapDada ∅ speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that achcha service in previously grow[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and plan achcha create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that[.kī] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
280BapDada has heard that all the Wings are moving forward in service and that they are making very good plans. 281Congratulations for that.
237महिला वर्ग : महिला वर्ग में कितने कमल पुष्प घर गृहस्थ में रहते कमल पुष्प समान रहने वाले हैं वह कितने निकाले हैं शुरू से लेके . mahilā varg : mahilā varg mē̃ kitnē kamal puṣhp ghar gr̥ihastha mē̃ rahtē kamal puṣhp samān rahnē vālē haĩ vah kitnē nikālē haĩ śhurū sē lēkē . mahilā[n.f.;sg.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] : mahilā[n.f.;sg.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kamal[n.m.;sg.,d.] puṣhp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] gr̥ihasth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kamal[n.m.;sg.,d.] puṣhp[n.m.;sg.,d.] samān[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikālnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] . woman profession : woman profession in so x flower home household matters in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x flower equal remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that so x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] beginning from take[abs.] .
282Women's Wing: In the Women's Wing, how many have you made emerge who are like a lotus flower, living in a household and yet living like a lotus flower from the beginning?
238सेन्टर पर कितनी महिलायें सेवा से निकली हैं वह लिस्ट निकाली है ? centre par kitnī mahilāyē̃ sēvā sē nikalī haĩ vah list nikālī hai ? centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mahilā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] list nikālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? centre (at|other) so woman service from be extracted[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] that list x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
283Have you made a list of how many women at the centre have come from the Women service?
239इसकी हेड कौन है ? iskī head kaun hai ? yah[pn.sg.kī] head kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this[.kī] head who be[pres.sg.23] ?
284Who is the Head of this?
240 ( चक्रधारी बहन ) अच्छा . ( chakradhārī bahan ) achchhā . ( chakradhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . ( spinner of the discus x ) achcha .
285(Chakradhariben) Achcha.
241कितने परिवार निकले वह हर जोन से लिस्ट लेकर फिर बताना जरूर क्योंकि लोगों में तो अभी तक यही है कि पता नहीं घर छोड़ना पड़ेगा . kitnē parivār nikalē vah har|her zone sē list lēkar phir batānā jarūr kyōṅki lōgō̃ mē̃ tō abhī tak yahī hai ki patā nahī̃ ghar chhōṛnā paṛēgā . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.sg.d.] harnā[root]|har|her zone sē[postp.] list lēnā[abs.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] batānā[inf.m.sg.d.] zarūr kyōṅki log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] tō ab[adv.hī] tak yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . so family (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that (x[root]|x) zone from list take[abs.] (then|turn[root]) tell[inf.m.sg.d.] definitely because people in then now until this be[pres.sg.23] that knowledge not home renounce[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
286Take a list from every zone and then tell Baba how many families have emerged, because people have been thinking until now that they have to renounce their homes.
242अभी पहले से कम है लेकिन कहाँ-कहाँ अभी भी है . abhī pahlē sē cum|kam hai lēkin kahā̃-kahā̃ abhī bhī hai . ab[adv.hī] pahlē sē[x] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kahā̃ ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now beforehand (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] but where now too be[pres.sg.23] .
287Now, it is a little less than before, but they still think this in some places.
243तो कितने सेवा से बने हैं उसकी रिजल्ट निकालना क्योंकि गवर्मेन्ट में हर एक वर्ग की अलग-अलग डिपार्टमेन्ट होती है तो वह पूछते भी हैं कि आपके वर्ग ने क्या रिजल्ट निकाली . tō kitnē sēvā sē banē haĩ uskī result nikālnā kyōṅki government mē̃ har ēk varg key|kī alag-alag department hōtī hai tō vah pūchhtē bhī haĩ ki āpkē varg nē kyā result nikālī . tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kī] result nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki government mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] alag[adj.] department hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] pūchhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kyā result nikālnā[past-part.f.] . then so service from become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kī] result x[inf.m.sg.d.] because government in each one profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) separate x be[pres.sg.f.23] then that ask[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] that you[.kē] profession ∅ what result x[past-part.f.] .
288So, take the result of how many have emerged from this service because the Government has different departments for each Wing and they ask what results your Wings have shown.
244इसलिए यह रिजल्ट होनी चाहिए निकालनी चाहिए . isliē yah result hōnī chāhiē nikālnī chāhiē . isliē yah[pn.sg.d.] result hōnā[.oblig3] nikālnā[.oblig3] . therefore this result be[.oblig3] x[.oblig3] .
289This is why you should have these results. 290You should extract them.
245हर एक जोन अपने-अपने सेन्टर्स में जो भी निकले हैं वह इन्हों को इकठ्ठा करके दे तो इन्हों को मदद मिल जाए . har ēk zone apnē-apnē centres mē̃ jō bhī nikalē haĩ vah inhō̃ kō ikaṭhṭhā karkē dē tō inhō̃ kō madad mil jāē . har ēk[x] zone apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] tō yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . each one zone one’s own centre in that too be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that this to together do[abs.] (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) then this to x receive[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
291If each of the zones finds their own results and then gives them to her to gather together, that would help them.
246ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
292Is this all right?
247ग्राम विकास विंग : ग्राम विकास सबसे अच्छी सेवा है क्योंकि ग्राम वाले इतना ऐश आराम में नहीं होते . grām vikās wing : grām vikās sabsē achchhī sēvā hai kyōṅki grām vālē itnā aiśh ārām mē̃ nahī̃ hōtē . grām[n.m.;sg.,d.] vikās[n.m.;sg.,d.] wing : grām[n.m.;sg.,d.] vikās[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabsē achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki grām[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aiśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ārām[x] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . Rural Development wing : Rural Development the most achcha service be[pres.sg.23] because Rural those who such luxury comfort in not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
293Rural Wing: Rural service is the best service of all because those from the rural areas are not so much into their comfort and luxury.
248अपने काम में ज्यादा बिजी रहते हैं तो आप लोग उन्हों को विशेष खुशी का अनुभव कराओ . apnē kām mē̃ jyādā busy rahtē haĩ tō āp lōg unhō̃ kō viśhēṣh khuśhī kā anubhav karāō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] busy rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own (task|lust) in more busy remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then you people that to special happiness of experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
294They remain busy in their work to a greater extent and so you should give them the special experience of happiness.
249भाषण तो करते ही हैं लेकिन ग्राम वाले अनुभव करें तो हमें जो भी ग्राम सेवा में हैं उन्होंने खुशी बहुत दी है . bhāṣhaṇ tō kartē hī haĩ lēkin grām vālē anubhav karē̃ tō hamē̃ jō bhī grām sēvā mē̃ haĩ unhōnnē khuśhī bahut dī hai . bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin grām[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō ham[pn.pl.kō] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] grām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.nē] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . lecture then do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] but Rural those who experience do[opt.pl.12hon3] then we[.kō] that too Rural service in be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.nē] happiness very give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
295You do give lectures but those from the rural villages should experience being given a lot of happiness by those who do rural service.
250हम सुखी भी रहते और खुश भी रहते ऐसा रिकार्ड निकाले कितने गांव में सर्विस की उसमें कितनों ने अनुभव किया . ham sukhī bhī rahtē aur khuśh bhī rahtē aisā record nikālē kitnē gānv mē̃ service key|kī usmē̃ kitnō̃ nē anubhav kiyā . ham[pn.pl.] sukhī[adj.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur khuśh[adj.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] record nikālnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikālnā[opt.sg.23] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] service[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] kitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . we happy too remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and happy too remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] such record (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) so village in service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) that[.mē̃] so ∅ experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 251क्योंकि अनुभव जो करते हैं वह भूलते नहीं हैं . kyōṅki anubhav jō kartē haĩ vah bhūltē nahī̃ haĩ . kyōṅki anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhūlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . because experience that do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that forget[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
296We remain happy and joyful. 297You should make a record of how many villages you have served and how many had such experiences because one never forgets an experience.
252अनुभव करो और कराओ तो यह रिजल्ट निकालना कितने गांव में कितनी आत्मायें खुश हुई और कनेक्शन में रहती हैं . anubhav karō aur karāō tō yah result nikālnā kitnē gānv mē̃ kitnī ātmāyē̃ khuśh huī aur connection mē̃ rahtī haĩ . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] result nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f.] aur connection mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then this result x[inf.m.sg.d.] so village in so soul happy be[past-part.f.] and connection in remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
298Experience this and give that experience to others. 299Show the result of how many souls you made happy and who stay in connection with you in this many villages.
253अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
300It is good.
254कल्चरल विंग : कल्चरल वाले अपने कल्चरल वालों की सेवा तो अच्छी कर रहे हैं . cultural wing : cultural vālē apnē cultural vālō̃ key|kī sēvā tō achchhī kar rahē haĩ . cultural wing : cultural vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] cultural vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x wing : x those who one’s own x those who (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service then achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
301Cultural Wing: Those of the Cultural Wing are doing good service of those in their Wing.
255बापदादा ने देखा कि कई कल्चरल वाली आत्मायें यज्ञ के सहयोग में आई हैं और अपना सेवा का पार्ट भी बजा रही हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki kaī cultural vālī ātmāyē̃ yagya K|kē sahyōg mē̃ āī haĩ aur apnā sēvā kā part bhī bajā rahī haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] kaī cultural vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bajānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that some x those who soul sacrificial fire (K|of) cooperation in come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] and (one’s own|adopt[root]) service of part too play[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
302BapDada saw that many souls of the Cultural Wing have come to help the yagya and are playing their part of service.
256दूसरे लोगों को भी अपने अनुभवों से लाते रहते हैं . dūsrē lōgō̃ kō bhī apnē anubhavō̃ sē lātē rahtē haĩ . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . other people to too one’s own experience from x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
303They also bring others through their own experience.
257सेवा में आगे बढ़ रहे हैं . sēvā mē̃ āgē baṛh rahē haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . service in previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
304They are moving forward in service.
258तो बहुत अच्छा है . tō bahut achchhā hai . tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
305That is very good.
259जो बाप ने कहा था स्थापना के समय तो आपके पास कल्चरल वाले भी अनुभवी बन औरों को अनुभव सुनायेंगे . jō bāp nē kahā thā sthāpanā K|kē samay tō āpkē pās|pass cultural vālē bhī anubhavī ban aurō̃ kō anubhav sunāyēṅgē . jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass cultural vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] anubhavī[adj.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that father ∅ say[past-perf.m.sg.] establishment (K|of) time then you[.kē] (x|pass) x those who too experienced (become[root]|x) others to experience speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
306Those of the Cultural Wing can experience what the Father had said at the time of establishment and make others experienced in that.
260तो वह कर भी रहे हो और आगे भी करते रहना . tō vah kar bhī rahē hō aur āgē bhī kartē rahnā . tō vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] aur āgē bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then that do[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.2] and previously too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] . 261जो आवाज फैल जाए तो ब्रह्माकुमार-कुमारियां सेवा कर कल्चरल वालों को कैरेक्टर बिल्डिंग बनाने का भी अनुभवी बनाते हैं . jō āvāj phail jāē tō brahmākumār-kumāriyā̃ sēvā kar cultural vālō̃ kō character building banānē kā bhī anubhavī banātē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] tō brahmākumār kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[root] cultural vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] character[n.m.;sg.,d.] building banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] anubhavī[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that noise spread[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] then x service do[root] x those who to character house create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of too experienced create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
307You are doing that and have to continue to do that in the future too so that the sound spreads that the Brahma Kumars and Kumaris are doing service and making those of the Cultural Wing experienced in character building.
262अच्छे-अच्छे आ रहे हैं जो आगे बढ़ रहे हैं और दूसरों को भी अनुभव सुनाके आगे बढ़ा रहे हैं इसलिए बढ़ते रहो बढ़ाते रहो . achchhē-achchhē ā rahē haĩ jō āgē baṛh rahē haĩ aur dūsrō̃ kō bhī anubhav sunākē āgē baṛhā rahē haĩ isliē baṛhtē rahō baṛhātē rahō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[abs.] āgē baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] isliē baṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . achcha come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and other to too experience speak[abs.] previously increase[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] therefore grow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
308Many good ones are coming forward and are making others come forward by sharing their own experiences. 309Therefore, continue to move forward and make others move forward.
263स्पार्क : स्पार्क विंग भी अपना-अपना कार्य कर रही है . SpARC : SpARC wing bhī apnā-apnā kārya kar rahī hai . SpARC : SpARC wing bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . SPARC : SPARC wing too (one’s own|adopt[root]) task do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
310SpARC Wing: Sparc Wing is also doing its own work.
264बापदादा ने देखा कि हर एक अपने वर्ग की सेवा में आत्माओं को अनुभवी बना रहे हैं उनको अच्छे-अच्छे विचारों से उनकी बुद्धि बहुत अच्छी बना रहे हैं और धारणा भी लोगों को कराते हैं इसलिए हर एक विंग के लिए बाबा ने कहा तो सेवा कर रहे हो साथी बना रहे हो और और अधिक साथी बनाके ऐसा ग्रुप तैयार करो संगठन तैयार करो जो संगठन गवर्मेन्ट के सामने जाए और उनको अपना कार्य और रिजल्ट सुनाये . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki har ēk apnē varg key|kī sēvā mē̃ ātmāō̃ kō anubhavī banā rahē haĩ unkō achchhē-achchhē vichārō̃ sē unkī buddhi bahut achchhī banā rahē haĩ aur dhārṇā bhī lōgō̃ kō karātē haĩ isliē har ēk wing kē liē bābā nē kahā tō sēvā kar rahē hō sāthī banā rahē hō aur aur adhik sāthī banākē aisā group taiyār karō saṅgaṭhan taiyār karō jō saṅgaṭhan government K|kē sāmnē jāē aur unkō apnā kārya aur result sunāyē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vichār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.kī] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] isliē har ēk[x] wing kē liē[x] bābā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aur aur adhik sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[abs.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] saṅgaṭhan[x] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] government K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[opt.sg.23] aur vah[pn.pl.kō] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur result sunānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that each one one’s own profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service in soul to experienced create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that[.kō] achcha x from that[.kī] intellect very achcha create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and dharna too people to make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] therefore each one wing for Baba ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] then service do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] companion create[pres.pl.m.prog.2] and and -est companion create[abs.] such group x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] gathering x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that gathering government (K|of) x (go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[opt.sg.23]) and that[.kō] (one’s own|adopt[root]) task and result speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
311BapDada saw that each Wing is making souls experienced in their own service. 312They are making people's intellects very good with their very good ideas and they are also inspiring people to imbibe everything. 313This is why Baba said that each wing is doing service and making companions. 314Having made so many companions, now prepare a group, a gathering, which you can present to the Government and tell them about your work and show them your results.
265हर एक वर्ग की अपने-अपने गवर्मेन्ट की शाखा है तो उन्हों की भी सेवा हो और लोगों की भी सेवा हो . har ēk varg key|kī apnē-apnē government key|kī śhākhā hai tō unhō̃ key|kī bhī sēvā hō aur lōgō̃ key|kī bhī sēvā hō . har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] government key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhākhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō vah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . each one profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) one’s own government (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) branch be[pres.sg.23] then that (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too service (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and people (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too service (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
315Each Wing has its own Government branch and so they too should be served and people should also be served.
266अच्छा –achchhā –achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] –achcha –
316Achcha.
267डबल विदेशी भाई बहिनें - 80 देशों के 750 भाई बहिनें हैं : विदेशियों का बापदादा ने इस समय के प्रोग्रामस देखे तो बहुत एक एक ग्रुप से प्यार से मेहनत बहुत अच्छी की . double vidēśhī bhāī bahinē̃ - 80 dēśhō̃ K|kē 750 bhāī bahinē̃ haĩ : vidēśhiyō̃ kā bāpdādā nē is samay K|kē programmes dēkhē tō bahut ēk ēk group sē pyār sē mēhnat bahut achchhī key|kī . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] - 80 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] 750 bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] : vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] is samay[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme dēkhnā[opt.sg.23]|dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō bahut ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] group sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . double foreigner (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) x - 80 land (K|of) 750 (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] : foreigner of BapDada ∅ at this time (K|of) programme (see[opt.sg.23]|see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then very one one group from love from effort very achcha (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) .
317750 double foreign brothers and sisters have come from 80 countries: BapDada saw the programmes of the double foreigners this time. 318Each group has made a lot of very good effort with a lot of love.
268और मधुबन के वायुमण्डल में कईयों के अनुभव भी अच्छे अपने तीव्र पुरूषार्थ की उमंग-उत्साह वाले थे इसलिए बापदादा ने इस समय का ग्रुप का जो ट्रेनिंग देने वाले और ट्रेनिंग लेने वाले दोनों में उमंग-उत्साह देखा और एक समय में कितने लाभ लिये . aur madhuban K|kē vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ kaīyō̃ K|kē anubhav bhī achchhē apnē tīvr purūṣhārth key|kī umaṅg-utsāh vālē thē isliē bāpdādā nē is samay kā group kā jō training dēnē vālē aur training lēnē vālē dōnō̃ mē̃ umaṅg-utsāh dēkhā aur ēk samay mē̃ kitnē lābh liyē . aur madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past.pl] isliē bāpdādā nē[postp.] is samay[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] training dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur training lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur ēk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lābh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . and Madhuban (K|of) atmosphere in some (K|of) experience too achcha one’s own intense effort (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) zeal and enthusiasm those who be[past.pl] therefore BapDada ∅ at this time of group of that training give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and training take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x in zeal and enthusiasm see[past-part.m.sg.d.] and one time in so x take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
319In the atmosphere of Madhuban, many have had many good experiences and you have been making intense effort with zeal and enthusiasm and this is why BapDada saw the group this time of those who were taking the training and those who were giving the training - both had zeal and enthusiasm; you all took so much benefit at the same time.
269एक परिवार का मिलना और कहाँ भी इतने ग्रुप मिले कोई स्थान नहीं मधुबन के सिवाए . ēk parivār kā milnā aur kahā̃ bhī itnē group milē kōī sthān nahī̃ madhuban K|kē sivāē . ēk[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur kahā̃ bhī[p.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sivāē . one family of receive[inf.m.sg.d.] and where too such group (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) some place not Madhuban (K|of) except .
320For one family to meet - apart from Madhuban, there is no other place where so many groups can meet.
270तो इन्होंने अच्छी चतुराई की मधुबन में ही प्रोग्राम बना दिया . tō inhōnnē achchhī chaturāī key|kī madhuban mē̃ hī programme banā diyā . tō yah[pn.pl.nē] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chaturāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] programme bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . then this[.nē] achcha x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Madhuban in only programme (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) .
321So, you were all very clever and you made the programmes in Madhuban itself.
271तो बापदादा खुश है कईयों के परिवर्तन के अनुभव भी बापदादा ने सुनें . tō bāpdādā khuśh hai kaīyō̃ K|kē parivartan K|kē anubhav bhī bāpdādā nē sunē̃ . tō bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] some (K|of) transformation (K|of) experience too BapDada ∅ listen[opt.pl.12hon3] .
322BapDada is pleased. 323Baba also heard the experiences of transformation of some of them.
272यहाँ की धरनी में जो भी कुछ शिक्षा मिलती है उनकी महसूसता जल्दी हो जाती है . yahā̃ key|kī dharnī mē̃ jō bhī kuchh śhikṣhā miltī hai unkī mahsūstā jaldī hō jātī hai . yahā̃ key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] kuchh śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.pl.kī] mahsūstā[n.f.;sg.] jaldī hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . here (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) in that too anything teachings receive[pres.sg.f.23] that[.kī] realisation very quickly be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . 273वायुमण्डल है ना . vāyumaṇḍal hai nā . vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . atmosphere be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
324Whatever teaching you receive in this land, you are able to have realisation of that very quickly because of the atmosphere.
274तो वायुमण्डल भी मिला संगठन भी मिला कितने समय के बाद एक-एक ग्रुप मिलते हैं सारे . tō vāyumaṇḍal bhī milā saṅgaṭhan bhī milā kitnē samay kē bād ēk-ēk group miltē haĩ sārē . tō vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] saṅgaṭhan[x] bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] ēk[adj.] group milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . then atmosphere too (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) gathering too (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) so time after one group receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] the whole .
325So, you had the atmosphere and the gathering. 326After how long does each group come together?
275रहना संग बापदादा और अपनी रिफ्रेशमेंट तो यह बापदादा को बहुत अच्छा लगा . rahnā saṅg bāpdādā aur apnī refreshment tō yah bāpdādā kō bahut achchhā lagā . rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā aur apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] refreshment tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . remain[inf.m.sg.d.] company BapDada and one’s own x then this BapDada to very achcha (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) .
327You stay here, you have company, BapDada and your own refreshment. 328So, BapDada liked this very much.
276लेकिन जितने यहाँ फायदे मिले हैं लाभ मिले हैं उतना ही प्रैक्टिकल में करके आप निमित्त बनो औरों को भी उमंग-उत्साह बढ़ाने के लिए . lēkin jitnē yahā̃ phāydē milē haĩ lābh milē haĩ utnā hī practical mē̃ karkē āp nimitt banō aurō̃ kō bhī umaṅg-utsāh baṛhānē kē liē . lēkin jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yahā̃ fāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lābh[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] practical mē̃[postp.] karnā[abs.] āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] . but the more here profit receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] x receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] x only practical in do[abs.] you instrument become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] others to too zeal and enthusiasm increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] for .
329However many benefits you have received here, put all of those into a practical form and become instruments to increase the zeal and enthusiasm of others.
277बन सकते हो क्योंकि प्लैन जो बनाये हैं बापदादा ने थोड़े में सुने हैं अच्छे लगे हैं . ban saktē hō kyōṅki plan jō banāyē haĩ bāpdādā nē thōṛē mē̃ sunē haĩ achchhē lagē haĩ . bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] kyōṅki plan jō[pn.;d.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] bāpdādā nē[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] sunnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . become[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] because plan that create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] BapDada ∅ short in listen[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] achcha x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
330You can become that because whatever plans you have made, BapDada has heard about them briefly, and He liked them.
278करने का तरीक भी अच्छा है . karnē kā tarīk bhī achchhā hai . karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of method too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
331The method of doing that is also good.
279तो बाप को खुशी है कि डबल फारेनर्स अच्छी अपने ऊपर भी अटेन्शन दे रहे हैं और अब तो एक चन्दन का वृक्ष हो गया है . tō bāp kō khuśhī hai ki double foreigners achchhī apnē ūpar bhī attention dē rahē haĩ aur ab tō ēk chandan kā vr̥ikṣha hō gayā hai . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] double foreigner achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar bhī[p.] attention dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur ab[adv.] tō ēk[adj.] chandan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vr̥ikṣha[x] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then father to happiness be[pres.sg.23] that double foreigner achcha one’s own over too attention give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and now then one sandalwood of tree be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
332The Father is pleased that the double foreigners are paying attention to themselves and that you have now become like a sandalwood tree.
280भिन्न-भिन्न देश की टालियां मधुबन में आई लेकिन यहाँ आने से एक चन्दन का वृक्ष बन गये . bhinn-bhinn dēśh key|kī ṭāliyā̃ madhuban mē̃ āī|eye|I lēkin yahā̃ ānē sē ēk chandan kā vr̥ikṣha ban gayē . bhinn[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ṭālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I lēkin yahā̃ ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] chandan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vr̥ikṣha[x] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . different land (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x Madhuban in (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) but here (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) from one sandalwood of tree become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
333The branches of different countries have come to Madhuban, and by coming here you have become a sandalwood tree.
281तो बाप ने देखा जो भी आये हैं उनका ब्राह्मण कलचर बहुत अच्छा बना है चल रहा है और बनता रहेगा यह भी निश्चय है और निश्चित है . tō bāp nē dēkhā jō bhī āyē haĩ unkā brāhmaṇ culture bahut achchhā banā hai chal rahā hai aur bantā rahēgā yah bhī niśhchay hai aur niśhchit hai . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kā] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] culture bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur bannā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then father ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kā] Brahmin culture very achcha become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and become[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] this too faith be[pres.sg.23] and fixed be[pres.sg.23] .
334Baba saw that all those who have come have created a very good Brahmin culture. 335It is continuing and will continue; there is this faith and it is guaranteed.
282ड्रामा में भी निश्चित है ओम् शान्ति . drama mē̃ bhī niśhchit hai ōm śhānti . drama mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ōm śhānti[x] . drama in too fixed be[pres.sg.23] Om Shanti .
336It is also fixed in the drama. 337Om Shanti.
283जो मुख्य टीचर्स हैं उन्हों को बापदादा स्पेशल मुबारक दे रहे हैं . jō mukhya teachers haĩ unhō̃ kō bāpdādā special mubārak dē rahē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] mukhya[adj.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā special mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that main teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to BapDada special congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
338BapDada is giving special congratulations to the main teachers.
284तो मुबारक हो मुबारक हो मुबारक हो . tō mubārak hō mubārak hō mubārak hō . tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
339Congratulations! 340Congratulations! 341Congratulations!
285आज मधुबन के जो भी हैं ऊपर वाले नीचे वाले और यह जो बाहर रहते हैं लेकिन मधुबन में पढ़ाई पढ़ते हैं वह सब उठो कितने आये हैं : āj madhuban K|kē jō bhī haĩ ūpar vālē nīchē vālē aur yah jō bāhar rahtē haĩ lēkin madhuban mē̃ paṛhāī paṛhtē haĩ vah sab uṭhō kitnē āyē haĩ : āj madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ūpar vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nīchē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bāhar rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] paṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : today Madhuban (K|of) that too be[pres.pl.12hon3] over those who down those who and this that outside remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but Madhuban in (study|teach[past-part.f.]) study[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that all wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] :
342Those who are in Madhuban, those up, those down below, and the brothers and sisters who are living outside and studying in Madhuban, all of you stand up! 343How many have come?
286 ( राजू भाई को मुरली टाइप करते हुए देखकर ) आप भी उठो ना . ( Rājū bhāī kō murlī type kartē huē dēkhkar ) āp bhī uṭhō nā . ( x bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] type karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] dēkhnā[abs.] ) āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā . ( x (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) to flute x do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] see[abs.] ) you too wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ .
344(Seeing Rajubhai typing the murli.) 345You also stand up!
287इतना काम करते हैं देखो बड़े में बड़ी सेवा तो यह करते हैं सभी ब्राह्मणों को फौरन पहुंच जाता है . itnā kām kartē haĩ dēkhō baṛē mē̃ baṛī sēvā tō yah kartē haĩ sabhī brāhmaṇō̃ kō phauran pahuñch jātā hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] phauran pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . such (task|lust) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] very in very service then this do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] all Brahmin to x reach[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
346You do so much work. 347You do the biggest service of all. 348You instantly make the murli available to all Brahmins.
288आपको मुबारक हो विशेष मुबारक हो . āpkō mubārak hō viśhēṣh mubārak hō . āp[pn.pl.kō] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] viśhēṣh[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you[.kō] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) special congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
349Congratulations to you, congratulations.
289मधुबन वाले अगर नहीं होते तो आपकी मेहमान निवाजी कौन करता . madhuban vālē agar nahī̃ hōtē tō āpkī mēhmān nivājī kaun kartā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] agar nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō āp[pn.pl.kī] mēhmān nivājī[x] kaun[pn.;d.] karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . Madhuban those who if not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then you[.kī] hospitality who do[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
350If it were not for the Madhuban residents, who would offer you such hospitality?
290आराम से आते हो खाते हो पीते हो रिफ्रेश होते हो तो मधुबन वालों के लिए ताली बजाओ . ārām sē ātē hō khātē hō pītē hō refresh hōtē hō tō madhuban vālō̃ kē liē tālī bajāō . ārām[x] sē[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] khānā[pres.pl.m.2] pīnā[pres.pl.m.2] refresh hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . comfort from come[pres.pl.m.2] eat[pres.pl.m.2] drink[pres.pl.m.2] refresh be[pres.pl.m.2] then Madhuban those who for clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
351You come comfortably, you eat, drink and become refreshed and so, applaud the Madhuban residents!
291बापदादा जानते हैं कि जगह कम होने के कारण मधुबन वालों को थोड़ा दूर बैठकर सुनना पड़ता है . bāpdādā jāntē haĩ ki jagah cum|kam hōnē K|kē kāraṇ madhuban vālō̃ kō thōṛā dūr baiṭhkar sunnā paṛtā hai . bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[abs.] sunnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that x (x|less) be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) because Madhuban those who to short distant sit[abs.] listen[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] .
352BapDada knows that because of not having enough space, those from Madhuban have to listen to the murli sitting far away.
292यह भी सेवा है मधुबन वालों की यह भी सेवा है . yah bhī sēvā hai madhuban vālō̃ key|kī yah bhī sēvā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this too service be[pres.sg.23] Madhuban those who (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) this too service be[pres.sg.23] .
353This is also service of those from Madhuban. 354This too is service.
293दूसरों को सुख देना सुखदाता हो गये ना . dūsrō̃ kō sukh dēnā sukhdātā hō gayē nā . dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sukhdātā[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā . other to happiness give[inf.m.sg.d.] Bestower of Happiness be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ .
355You give happiness to others and so you become bestowers of happiness.
294तो मधुबन वालों का काम है सुख देना और सुख लेना . tō madhuban vālō̃ kā kām hai sukh dēnā aur sukh lēnā . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then Madhuban those who of (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] happiness give[inf.m.sg.d.] and happiness take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
356It is the duty of those from Madhuban to give happiness and receive happiness.
295क्योंकि जो भी आते हैं उन्हों के अनुभवों से आप अनुभव सुनाते हो उस अनुभव से एक दो को फायदा हो जाता है . kyōṅki jō bhī ātē haĩ unhō̃ K|kē anubhavō̃ sē āp anubhav sunātē hō us anubhav sē ēk dō kō phāydā hō jātā hai . kyōṅki jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.o.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . because that too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (K|of) experience from you experience speak[pres.pl.m.2] that experience from one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to profit be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
357You share your experiences with the experiences of all those who come and so all receive benefit from those experiences.
296कई फायदे होते हैं लेकिन टाइम कम होने के कारण सुनाते कम हैं . kaī phāydē hōtē haĩ lēkin time cum|kam hōnē K|kē kāraṇ sunātē cum|kam haĩ . kaī fāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin time cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . some profit be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but time (x|less) be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) because speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (x|less) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
358There are many benefits, but, because of a shortage of time, you don't share that much.
297लेकिन मधुबन वालों का टाइटल क्या हुआ ? lēkin madhuban vālō̃ kā title kyā huā ? lēkin madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] title kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? but Madhuban those who of title what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
359What is the title of the residents of Madhuban?
298सुख देना और सुख लेना . sukh dēnā aur sukh lēnā . sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . happiness give[inf.m.sg.d.] and happiness take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
360To give happiness and to receive happiness.
299सुखदाता के बच्चे फालो फादर करने वाले हैं . sukhdātā K|kē bachchē follow father karnē vālē haĩ . sukhdātā[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] follow father[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Bestower of Happiness (K|of) child follow the Father do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
361The children of the Bestower of Happiness are those who follow the Father.
300अच्छा -achchhā -achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] -achcha -
362Achcha.
301मिलन तो सबका हुआ . milan tō sabkā huā . milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . meeting then everyone's be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
363Everyone has now met.
302बहुत तैयारी करके आते हैं . bahut taiyārī karkē ātē haĩ . bahut taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[abs.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . very x do[abs.] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
364You come having made lots of preparations.
303हर वर्ग बहुत तैयारी करके आते हैं बापदादा जानते हैं लेकिन टाइम को भी देखना पड़ता है . har|her varg bahut taiyārī karkē ātē haĩ bāpdādā jāntē haĩ lēkin time kō bhī dēkhnā paṛtā hai . harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[abs.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin time kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . (x[root]|x) profession very x do[abs.] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but time to too see[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] .
365Every Wing comes having made a lot of preparations. 366BapDada does know that, but He also has to consider the time.
304तो सभी को अभी तीव्र पुरूषार्थी बनने की एडवांस में बहुत बहुत पदम गुणा मुबारक पहले से दे रहे हैं . tō sabhī kō abhī tīvr purūṣhārthī bannē key|kī advance mē̃ bahut bahut padam guṇā mubārak pahlē sē dē rahē haĩ . tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] advance mē̃[postp.] bahut bahut padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] pahlē sē[x] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then all to now intense effort-maker become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) advance in very very multimillion fold congratulations beforehand give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
367Baba is giving lots and lots of in advance multimillionfold congratulations to all of you for becoming intense effort-makers from now.
305अभी शिव रात्रि पर चाहे यहाँ आने वाले चाहे घरों में बैठकर सेन्टर पर बैठ सुनने वाले या मुरली द्वारा सुनने वाले सभी मुरली तो सुनते होंगे ना . abhī śhiv rātri par chāhē yahā̃ ānē vālē chāhē gharō̃ mē̃ baiṭhkar centre par baiṭh sunnē vālē yā murlī dvārā sunnē vālē sabhī murlī tō suntē hōṅgē nā . ab[adv.hī] śhiv rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē yahā̃ ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē ghar[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[abs.] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[root] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yā murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . now Shiva night (at|other) (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) here (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) home in sit[abs.] centre (at|other) sit[root] listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who or flute through listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who all flute then listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
368Now, on Shiv Ratri, whether you come here, whether you listen to the murli at home or at the centres or those who simply hear the murli, all of you should hear the murli.
306इस बारी जो आये हैं उसमें मुरली रेग्युलर जो सुनते हैं कोई हैं जो मुरली नहीं सुनते वह हाथ उठाओ . is bārī jō āyē haĩ usmē̃ murlī regular jō suntē haĩ kōī haĩ jō murlī nahī̃ suntē vah hāth uṭhāō . yah[pn.sg.o.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] regular jō[pn.;d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this x that come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.mē̃] flute regularly that listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] some be[pres.pl.12hon3] that flute not listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that raise your hands .
369Of those who have come this time, you must be hearing the murli regularly. 370Is there anyone who doesn't hear the murli? 371Raise your hands!
307कोई नहीं . kōī nahī̃ . kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] . some not .
372No one.
308अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
373Achcha.
309वह उठो जो नहीं पढ़ते या सुनते हैं . vah uṭhō jō nahī̃ paṛhtē yā suntē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yā sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that not study[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] or listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
374Those who do not listen to or read the murli, stand up!
310थोड़े हैं . thōṛē haĩ . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . short be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
375There are a few.
311कोई बात नहीं लेकिन अभी बाकी जो भी समय मिला है उसमें बाप का महावाक्य परमधाम से बापदादा आता है सूक्ष्मवतन से ब्रह्मा बाबा आता है और आके महावाक्य उच्चारण करते हैं इसलिए मुरली कभी भी एक दिन भी मिस नहीं करना . kōī bāt nahī̃ lēkin abhī bākī jō bhī samay milā hai usmē̃ bāp kā mahāvākya paramdhām sē bāpdādā ātā hai sūkṣhmavatan sē brahmā bābā ātā hai aur ākē mahāvākya uchchāraṇ kartē haĩ isliē murlī kabhī bhī ēk din bhī miss nahī̃ karnā . kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin ab[adv.hī] bākī|bākī jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahāvākya[n.m.;sg.,d.] paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā ānā[pres.sg.m.23] sūkṣhmavatan sē[postp.] brahmā bābā[x] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] aur ānā[abs.] mahāvākya[n.m.;sg.,d.] uchchāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] isliē murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] miss nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . some matter not but now (others|but) that too time receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.mē̃] father of elevated version x from BapDada come[pres.sg.m.23] subtle region from x come[pres.sg.m.23] and come[abs.] elevated version x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] therefore flute ever too one day too miss not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
376It doesn't matter, but from now, for the remaining time..... 377These are the Father's elevated versions. 378BapDada comes from the supreme abode and Brahma Baba comes from the subtle region and they speak the elevated versions, so do not miss a murli for even a single day.
312अपना बापदादा का दिलतख्त छूट जायेगा . apnā bāpdādā kā diltakhta chhūṭ jāyēgā . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhūṭnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . (one’s own|adopt[root]) BapDada of heart throne let go[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
379You would then get off BapDada's heart-throne.
313इसलिए जो भी मुरली मिस करते हैं वह समझें हम तीन तख्त के मालिक नहीं दो तख्त के मालिक भी यथाशक्ति बनेंगे . isliē jō bhī murlī miss kartē haĩ vah samajhē̃ ham tīn takht K|kē mālik nahī̃ dō takht K|kē mālik bhī yathāśhakti banē̃gē . isliē jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] miss karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] tīn[adj.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] yathāśhakti bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . therefore that too flute miss do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that understand[opt.pl.12hon3] we x throne (K|of) master not (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) throne (K|of) master too according to their capacity become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
380Those who miss the murli should understand that they are not the masters of the three thrones and that they will only become masters of two thrones according to their capacity.
314इसलिए मुरली मुरली मुरली . isliē murlī murlī murlī . isliē murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . therefore flute flute flute . 315क्योंकि मुरली में रोज के डायरेक्शन होते हैं चार ही सबजेक्ट के डायरेक्शन होते हैं तो रोज के डायरेक्शन लेने हैं ना . kyōṅki murlī mē̃ rōj K|kē direction hōtē haĩ chār hī subject K|kē direction hōtē haĩ tō rōj K|kē direction lēnē haĩ nā . kyōṅki murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rōz K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] direction hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] direction hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō rōz K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] direction lēnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] nā . because flute in day (K|of) direction be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] four only subject (K|of) direction be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then day (K|of) direction take[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] ∅ .
381Therefore, MURLI, MURLI, MURLI, because the murli has directions for every day. 382There are directions for all four subjects, and you have to receive directions for every day.
316तो जो भी मिस करता हो कारणे-अकारणे वह अपना प्रोग्राम बनावे कि कैसे मुरली सुनें . tō jō bhī miss kartā hō kāraṇē-akāraṇē vah apnā programme banāvē ki kaisē murlī sunē̃ . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] miss karnā[x] kāraṇē akāraṇē vah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] programme banānā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then that too miss do[x] due to one reason or another that (one’s own|adopt[root]) programme create[opt.sg.23] that how flute listen[opt.pl.12hon3] .
383All those who are missing it for one reason or another should make a programme for themselves so that they can hear the murli.
317कोई न कोई सैलवेशन बनायें . kōī na kōī salvation banāyē̃ . kōī na kōī[x] salvation banānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . one .. or another salvation create[opt.pl.12hon3] .
384Find one method of salvation or another.
318आजकल साइंस के साधन आपके लिए निकले हैं . ājkal science K|kē sādhan āpkē liē nikalē haĩ . ājkal science K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . nowadays science (K|of) facilities you[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
385Inventions of science nowadays have been made for you.
319ब्रह्मा बाप में प्रवेशता के 100 साल पहले यह साइंस निकली है आपके काम में भी आनी है इसलिए उसको यूज करो फायदा उठाओ . brahmā bāp mē̃ pravēśhtā K|kē 100 sāl pahlē yah science nikalī hai āpkē kām mē̃ bhī ānī hai isliē uskō use karō phāydā uṭhāō . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pravēśh[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] 100 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] science nikalnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] āp[pn.pl.kē] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] isliē vah[pn.sg.kō] use karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Brahma father in entry (K|of) 100 year (x|firstly) this science be extracted[pres-perf.sg.f.23] you[.kē] (task|lust) in too come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] therefore that[.kō] use do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] profit uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
386Science was invented about 100 years before Shiv Baba entered Brahma Baba. 387It has to be useful to you and this is why you should use it. 388Take benefit.
320अच्छा सामने बैठे हुए या कहाँ भी सुनने वाले बच्चों को बापदादा की दिल व जान सिक व प्रेम से यादप्यार और नमस्ते . achchhā sāmnē baiṭhē huē yā kahā̃ bhī sunnē vālē bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā key|kī dil va jān sik va prēm sē yādpyār aur namastē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāmnē baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] yā kahā̃ bhī[p.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dil va jān[x] sik va prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . achcha x (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] or where too listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x x x love from love, remembrance and x .
389Achcha. 390To the children who are sitting in front of Baba, or wherever you are hearing the murli, love and remembrance from the depths of the heart, with deep love, and namaste.
321दादियों से : ( दादी जानकी जी से ) सेवा दिल से करती हो विशेष सेवा करती हो . dādiyō̃ sē : ( dādī jānkī jī sē ) sēvā dil sē kartī hō viśhēṣh sēvā kartī hō . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jī[x]|jīnā[root]|jīnā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] ) sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.f.2] viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.f.2] . Dadi from : ( Dadi x (ji|live[root]|live[past-part.f.]) from ) service heart from do[pres.pl.f.2] special service do[pres.pl.f.2] .
391To the Dadis: (To Dadi Janki): You do service from your heart. 392You do special service.
322जहाँ दिल होती है ना वहाँ अनुभव होता है . jahā̃ dil hōtī hai nā vahā̃ anubhav hōtā hai . jahā̃ dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā vahā̃ anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . where there heart be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ there experience be[pres.sg.m.23] .
393Where the heart is, one has an experience.
323ऊपर ऊपर से वाणी चलाई तो अनुभव दिल से लगना वह कम होता है . ūpar ūpar sē vāṇī chalāī tō anubhav dil sē lagnā vah kam hōtā hai . ūpar ūpar sē[postp.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chalānā[past-part.f.] tō anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] lagnā[inf.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . over over from words x[past-part.f.] then experience heart from x[inf.m.sg.d.] that decrease .
394If someone just speaks superficially, then it doesn't touch the heart so much.
324आपकी सेवा का फल भी निकलता है . āpkī sēvā kā phal bhī nikaltā hai . āp[pn.pl.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . you[.kī] service of fruit too be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] .
395The service you do brings fruit.
325तो यह वरदान है . tō yah vardān hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
396This is a blessing.
326 ( गुल्जार दादी बहुत अच्छी है ) अच्छे तो हर एक हैं . ( Gulzār dādī bahut achchhī hai ) achchhē tō har ēk haĩ . ( Gulzār[n.f.;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō har ēk[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( Gulzar Dadi very achcha be[pres.sg.23] ) achcha then each one be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
397(Gulzar Dadi is very good.) 398Everyone is very good.
327यह सब अच्छे हैं . yah sab achchhē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this all achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
399All are good.
328मोहिनी बहन और उनके डाक्टर से : बापदादा ने सुना . mōhinī bahan aur unkē doctor sē : bāpdādā nē sunā . mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] aur vah[pn.pl.kē] doctor sē[postp.] : bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] . x x and that[.kē] doctor from : BapDada ∅ (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) .
400Mohiniben and her doctors: BapDada heard.
329सोचो कम . sōchō cum|kam . sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] cum|kam[adj.] . think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x|less) .
401Think less!
330हंसती हैं लेकिन सोचती भी है . hanstī haĩ lēkin sōchtī bhī hai . hãsnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] lēkin sōchnā[pres-part.f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . laugh out[pres.pl.f.12hon3] but think[pres-part.f.] too be[pres.sg.23] .
402You are smiling, but you also think.
331चेहरा तो लाल है लेकिन सोचना थोड़ा-थोड़ा यह तबियत को इफेक्ट करता है . chēhrā tō lāl hai lēkin sōchnā thōṛā-thōṛā yah tabiyat kō effect kartā hai . chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō lāl[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] effect karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . face then x be[pres.sg.23] but think[inf.m.sg.d.] short this health to effect do[pres.sg.m.23] .
403Your face is red, but your thinking too much has an effect on your health.
332सिर्फ सोचो बाबा अच्छा कर लेगा . sirph sōchō bābā achchhā kar lēgā . sirph[adj.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bābā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+lēnā] . only think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Baba achcha do[fut.m.sg.23.root+lēnā] .
404Just think that Baba will make everything all right.
333अभी डबल डाक्टर बनो . abhī double doctor banō . ab[adv.hī] double doctor bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now double doctor become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
405Now become double doctors.
334सिंगल तो बहुत हैं . single tō bahut haĩ . single tō bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
406There are many who are single doctors.
335डबल डाक्टर . double doctor . double doctor . double doctor .
407Double doctor.
336प्रेम तो है डबल डाक्टर बनें . prēm tō hai double doctor banē̃ . prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] double doctor bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . love then be[pres.sg.23] double doctor become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
408Dr. 409Prem is a double doctor.
337आप कार्ड छपाते हो ना उसके पीछे खाली होता है तो आप मन की भी बीमारी का लिखके और उसमें एड्रेस लिखो जो सेन्टर नजदीक हो वहाँ मेडीटेशन वरके मन को दुरूस्त करो . āp card chhapātē hō nā uskē pīchhē khālī hōtā hai tō āp man key|kī bhī bīmārī kā likhkē aur usmē̃ address likhō jō centre najdīk hō vahā̃ meditation varkē man kō durūsta karō . āp[pn.pl.] card chhapānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā uskā[pn.sg.kē] pīchhē khālī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō āp[pn.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] bīmārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] likhnā[abs.] aur vah[pn.sg.mē̃] address likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] centre nazdīk hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vahā̃ meditation varnā[abs.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] durust[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . you card have printed[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ of that[.kē] x empty be[pres.sg.m.23] then you mind (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too illness of write[abs.] and that[.mē̃] address write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that centre x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) there x x[abs.] mind to accomplished well do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
410It is blank on the back of the cards you have printed, and so write on it about illness of the mind and write the address of a centre that is nearby: Learn meditation there and make your mind healthy.
338क्योंकि डाक्टर का नाम पढ़के भी उन्हों को आता है कि डाक्टर कहता है तो करना है . kyōṅki doctor kā nām paṛhkē bhī unhō̃ kō ātā hai ki doctor kahtā hai tō karnā hai . kyōṅki doctor kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhnā[abs.] bhī[p.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] doctor kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because doctor of name study[abs.] too that to come[pres.sg.m.23] that doctor say[pres.sg.m.23] then do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
411Hearing the name of the doctor, they would feel that if the doctor says so they should do it.
339तो आप घर बैठे सेवा कर सकते हो डबल डाक्टर बन जायेंगे . tō āp ghar baiṭhē sēvā kar saktē hō double doctor ban jāyēṅgē . tō āp[pn.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] double doctor bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . then you home (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) service do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] double doctor become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
412You can do service while sitting at home and you will become double doctors.
340आप नहीं करेंगे करायेंगे दूसरे . āp nahī̃ karē̃gē karāyēṅgē dūsrē . āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] karānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . you not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] make commit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] other .
413You will not have to do anything. 414Others will do it.
341तो बहुत सहज है . tō bahut sahaj hai . tō bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then very easy be[pres.sg.23] .
415It is very easy.
342जो भी आवे एड्रेस पूछें तो दे देना . jō bhī āvē address pūchhē̃ tō dē dēnā . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[opt.sg.23] address pūchhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . that too come[opt.sg.23] address ask[opt.pl.12hon3] then (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
416When anyone comes and asks for the address, give them this.
343कार्ड छपाके रख दो ऐसे डबल डाक्टर . card chhapākē rakh dō aisē double doctor . card chhapānā[abs.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] double doctor . card have printed[abs.] keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] such double doctor .
417Have the printed cards available. 418Become a double doctor in this way.
344दवा और दुआ दोनों से अभी फर्क पड़ेगा . davā aur duā dōnō̃ sē abhī phark paṛēgā . davāī[n.f.;sg.] aur duā[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ sē[postp.] ab[adv.hī] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] . x and blessing x from now difference fall[fut.m.sg.23] .
419Medicine and blessings! 420Having both will make a difference.
345दोनों ही मिलेंगी बाबा की तरफ से . dōnō̃ hī milē̃gī bābā key|kī taraph sē . dōnō̃ hī[p.] milnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] bābā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] . x only receive[fut.f.pl.12hon3] Baba (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from .
421They will receive both from Baba.
346यह डबल डाक्टर बनने की सौगात . yah double doctor bannē key|kī saugāt . yah[pn.sg.d.] double doctor bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] . this double doctor become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) gift .
422This is the gift for becoming a double doctor.
347परदादी से : आपकी विशेषता है जो शक्ल सदा हंसमुख रहती है . pardādī sē : āpkī viśhēṣhtā hai jō śhakla sadā hãsmukh rahtī hai . pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : āp[pn.pl.kī] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] śhakla[n.f.;sg.] sadā hãsmukh[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] . Dadi Nirmal Shanta from : you[.kī] speciality be[pres.sg.23] that face constantly cheerful remain[pres.sg.f.23] .
423Par Dadi: Your speciality is that your face is always cheerful.
348 ( बाबा की बेटी हूँ ) डबल बेटी हो . ( bābā key|kī bēṭī hū̃ ) double bēṭī hō . ( bābā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bēṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ) double bēṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( Baba (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) daughter be[pres.sg.1] ) double daughter (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
424(I am Baba's daughter.) 425You are a double daughter.
349लौकिक भी और अलौकिक भी पारलौकिक भी . laukik bhī aur alaukik bhī pārlaukik bhī . laukik[adj.] bhī[p.] aur alaukik[adj.] bhī[p.] pārlaukik[adj.] bhī[p.] . worldly too and alokik too parlokik too .
426You are his lokik daughter and alokik daughter. 427You are also the Parlokik's daughter.
350तीनों हो . tīnō̃ hō . tīnō̃[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all three (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
428All three.
351 ( तीनों भाईयों से ) आपस में तीनों मिलते रहते हो ? ( tīnō̃ bhāīyō̃ sē ) āpas mē̃ tīnō̃ miltē rahtē hō ? ( tīnō̃[adj.] bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ) āpas mē̃[x] tīnō̃[adj.] milnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ? ( all three brother from ) with each other all three receive[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ?
429To the three Senior Brothers: Do all of you meet?
352 ( थोड़ा-थोड़ा ) थोड़ा-थोड़ा नहीं . ( thōṛā-thōṛā ) thōṛā-thōṛā nahī̃ . ( thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ) thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . ( short ) short not . 353फोन में भी मुलाकात कर सकते हो . phone mē̃ bhī mulākāt kar saktē hō . phone mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] mulākāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . x in too x do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
430(A little.) 431Not a little, you can meet via the phone too.
354फारेन में यह अच्छा है कोई भी कार्य फोन में बहुत अच्छा मीटिंग पूरी हो जाती है . foreign mē̃ yah achchhā hai kōī bhī kārya phone mē̃ bahut achchhā meeting pūrī hō jātī hai . foreign mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kōī bhī[x] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] phone mē̃[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] meeting pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . abroad in this achcha be[pres.sg.23] anyone task x in very achcha meeting (puri|full) be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
432This system abroad is good. 433Any task is discussed over the phone and the meeting is accomplished.
355तो उन्हों की विधि देखो आपस में मिलते रहो . tō unhō̃ key|kī vidhi dēkhō āpas mē̃ miltē rahō . tō vah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āpas mē̃[x] milnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . then that (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) method see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] with each other receive[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
434Look at their system. 435Continue to meet.
356फोन में भी मीटिंग कर सकते हो . phone mē̃ bhī meeting kar saktē hō . phone mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] meeting karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . x in too meeting do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
436You can also have a meeting over the phone.
357भूपाल भाई से : चारों तरफ यज्ञ की ठीक रखवाली हो रही है . Bhūpāl bhāī sē : chārō̃ taraph yagya key|kī ṭhīk rakhvālī hō rahī hai . x bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] : chārō̃ taraph[x] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ṭhīk[adj.] rakhvālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . x (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) from : everywhere sacrificial fire (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) OK looking after be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
437Bhopalbhai: The yagya is being looked after very well everywhere.
358ध्यान रखो चक्कर लगाते रहो . dhyān rakhō chakkar lagātē rahō . dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . attention keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] cycle attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
438Pay attention and continue to tour around.
359इन्दौर के वी . आई पीज से : अपने घर में आने में मजा आता है ना . Indore K|kē V|we . āī|eye|I Ps sē : apnē ghar mē̃ ānē mē̃ majā ātā hai nā . Indore K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I P sē[postp.] : apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . Indore (K|of) (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) P. from : one’s own home in (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) in pleasure come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
439VIPs from Indore: You enjoy coming here to your home, do you not?
360अपने घर में आये हो दूसरी जगह नहीं आये हो . apnē ghar mē̃ āyē hō dūsrī jagah nahī̃ āyē hō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . one’s own home in come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] other x not come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
440You have come to your own home. 441You haven't come anywhere else.
361यह परमात्मा का घर है तो बच्चे का भी घर हुआ ना . yah paramātmā kā ghar hai tō bachchē kā bhī ghar huā nā . yah[pn.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . this Supreme Soul of home be[pres.sg.23] then child of too home be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
442This is God's home and so it is also the children's home.
362तो अपने घर में आये हो . tō apnē ghar mē̃ āyē hō . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . then one’s own home in come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
443You have come to your home.
363हमेशा अपने को बेफिकर बादशाह बनाके रखना . hamēśhā apnē kō bēphikar bādśhāh banākē rakhnā . hamēśhā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[abs.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x one’s own to carefree emperor create[abs.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
444Always keep yourself as a carefree emperor.
364फिकर नहीं करना बेफिकर बादशाह . phikar nahī̃ karnā bēphikar bādśhāh . phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . worry not do[inf.m.sg.d.] carefree emperor .
445Do not worry; a carefree emperor!
365काम तो होते ही रहेंगे लेकिन खुद को बेफिकर बादशाह बनाना . kām tō hōtē hī rahē̃gē lēkin khud kō bēphikar bādśhāh banānā . kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin khud kō[postp.] bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (task|lust) then be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but oneself to carefree emperor create[inf.m.sg.d.] .
446All the work will continue to take place, but make yourself a carefree emperor.
366सवेरे उठकर बाप को याद करेंगे ना तो सारा दिन अच्छा बीतेगा . savērē uṭhkar bāp kō yād karē̃gē nā tō sārā din achchhā bītēgā . savērē uṭhnā[abs.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā tō sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bītnā[fut.m.sg.23] . in the morning wake up[abs.] father to remember ∅ then the whole day achcha pass[fut.m.sg.23] .
447You will remember the Father when you wake up in the morning, will you not? 448Your whole day will then be good.
367उठते आंख खुलते मेरा बाबा याद करना . uṭhtē āṅkh khultē mērā bābā yād karnā . uṭhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] khulnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā yād karnā[x] . wake up[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] eye open up[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] I[.kā] Baba remember .
449As soon as you awaken and open your eyes, remember "My Baba."
368धार्मिक नेताओं से : आप लोगों को देख औरों में भी उमंग आयेगा . dhārmik nētāō̃ sē : āp lōgō̃ kō dēkh aurō̃ mē̃ bhī umaṅg āyēgā . dhārmik[adj.] nētā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] aurō̃ mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . Religious founder from : you people to see[root] others in too zeal come[fut.m.sg.23] .
450Religious leaders: Seeing you, others will also have enthusiasm.
369क्यों इन्हों को क्या मिला . kyō̃ inhō̃ kō kyā milā . kyō̃ yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] kyā milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] . why this to what (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) . 370और आपका अनुभव अनेकों को अनुभव करायेगा . aur āpkā anubhav anēkō̃ kō anubhav karāyēgā . aur āp[pn.pl.kā] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[fut.m.sg.23] . and you[.kā] experience many to experience make commit[fut.m.sg.23] .
451Why? 452People will wonder what you have received, and your experience will give others an experience.
371निमित्त बनेंगे . nimitt banē̃gē . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . instrument become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
453You will become instruments.
372 ( ट्रिनीडेड के ब्रह्मदेव स्वामी जी गीता का भगवान सिद्ध करेंगे ) अभी मुरली पढ़ना . ( Trinidad K|kē Brahmadēv svāmī jī gītā kā bhagvān siddh karē̃gē ) abhī murlī paṛhnā . ( x K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x svāmī[n.m.;sg.,d.] jī[x]|jīnā[root]|jīnā[past-part.f.] gītā kā bhagvān[x] siddh karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) ab[adv.hī] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] paṛhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ( x (K|of) x Swami (ji|live[root]|live[past-part.f.]) God of the Gita justify[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) now flute study[inf.m.sg.d.] .
454(Brahmdev Swamiji from Trinidad will reveal who the God of the Gita is.) 455Now, listen to the murli.
373सोलार प्रोजेक्ट का नक्शा बापदादा को दिखाया : निश्चयबुद्धि होकर करो . solar project kā nakśhā bāpdādā kō dikhāyā : niśhchaybuddhi hōkar karō . solar project kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nakśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] : niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[abs.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . solar project of map BapDada to x[past-part.m.sg.d.] : intellect with faith be[abs.] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
456BapDada was shown the map of the Solar Project (Brother Golo). 457Do it with faith in the intellect.
374सभी मिलकर एक ही संकल्प करो होना ही है . sabhī milkar ēk hī saṅkalp karō hōnā hī hai . sab[adv.hī] milnā[abs.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all receive[abs.] one only thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
458All of you together just have the one thought: It has to happen.
375 ( रमेश भाई से ) आपको कहा था ना कि यह सभी ब्राह्मणों को पता हो . ( ramēśh bhāī sē ) āpkō kahā thā nā ki yah sabhī brāhmaṇō̃ kō patā hō . ( ramēśh bhāī[x] sē[postp.] ) āp[pn.pl.kō] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] nā ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( Rameshbhai from ) you[.kō] say[past-perf.m.sg.] ∅ that this all Brahmin to knowledge (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
459(To Rameshbhai): You were told that all Brahmins should know about this.
376आर्टिकल सब नहीं पढ़ते हैं . article sab nahī̃ paṛhtē haĩ . article sab[adj.] nahī̃[neg] paṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x all not study[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
460Not everyone reads the articles.
461* O M S H A N T I *